Transcripts
1. Part 1. Introduction to Adobe Photoshop Training Course : Hi there, My name is over quite famous dilemma,
how are you doing? I hope you're having
an awesome day. If not, I tried to continue
around anytime you wish. Now together in
this course, media, you are going to learn
everything we need to know about using for digital. It took me more than ten
months to be precise. Liquid is stretch it for
digital masterclass course, which I called it Adobe
Photoshop Essential cause from zero to heal. This course is for beginners. You don't need any
previous knowledge in Photoshop
photography, design. So this is going to be
a project based course, which means we are not going
to go through every single two in every one of
these little settings. What we're going to do is we're going to set price the cow, reward examples and
then lend IT tools and features necessary to make
it both beautiful and easy. First, you take a look
at Photoshop interface. Learn how to customize it to
suit your own preference. We will learn how to easily
move and Transform Objects, create a new document. You will crop, resize
Canvas and image size. We will work with
the Quick Selection to the magic one to n. We will look at how to
manage your layers. We will spend some
time with taste, great and a2k and men how to add shapes and
objects, your artwork. We will end the
Photoshop secret source where we can magic up more background or completely remove people or objects from. You will learn how to
easily enhance images, collecting the light
and the color. Before the end of this course, you have the skills to match anything including
the dreaded hair. You also know how to put a
drag inside a coffee cup. Using those new skills
you've learned, you will learn how to
create a mock-up where we can wrap a logo on a coffee cup, creates a book cover
mockup and so much more. There is my previous session
where we will learn how to reattach your images
to bring them to light. You also add a bit of
spice to it by creating a frequency separation action to edit your borrowing
images like Pru, I'll show you where I get
my design inspiration from. We will learn how to download
and install font and also download and install
brushes and textures. Together we will learn
how to manipulate, test, how to apply filters. Learn about smart objects
and not as much of yet, you will make your own graphics
using simple techniques to create logo, business
card, letterhead, and so much more, you wouldn't be complete as
a Photoshop user without knowing how to create a
solid social media flyer, teaser, promotional flyer,
product design, and many more. And finally, in a
good Photoshop, users should know how to present your final project to a
client appropriately. There are advertised
for that you can download so you can
work alongside me. There are also assignments that I said throughout
a course for you. Practice your skills as
you move to the zoo. If you've never opened
up Photoshop or you have and then really
struggling with the basis. Then follow me and I'll
show you how to make professional images
inside of Photoshop.
2. Part 2 Introduction to Photoshop Interface : Hello everyone. My name
is bookseller mode, your instructor for this class. Welcome to the footage
of Essentia class. What will you learn? Actually, you may ask, you are going to start
from the basics, creating a new
document, Moving Image, image manipulation,
my screen layers, all the way out to
collaboration techniques. We'll be creating
maxes using filters. So much more. Alright, This course
is designed to be an interactive and hands-on course. You're going to hear
me say a lot of time, pause the video and
practice on your own. Also, you can find a downloadable
source files which you can use to practice
alongside me are key to. We are going to start from how
to customize direct speed. Alright, so when you
have Photoshop pooping to open your source files, as I said earlier, please make sure you
download the source files. Use the link provided
somewhere on the page. Okay. When you open the Photoshop beginner's
class or tutorial, you're going to see layer one, so one, double-click on it and then you can see layer one. Hop down, opening Photoshop. And boom, this is
what you are going to have when you open Photoshop
for the first time. This is what we
are going to have. So let me reset my essentials for you to see what you are
going to have actually. So this is what you are
going to have basically. So you can see this
little guy here, this little guy here. You see when I click on
this little guy here, you can see that
Photoshop breaks my tools in G2 or
just one column. Okay, So any of them that
you wish to pick is Cauchy, so I'll prefer to use
the one column here, i2 value are going to use to create most of your documents. Okay, So this is it, Okay. Then we have also these
panel that is going to help you create
most of your work. Okay, so we, this one's, all of these are going
to help you and I'll be explaining them to you as
you move on to the course. Okay, So let's look at how
we can customize the speech. Okay, so first of all, is to click on this little guy. Choose in-between how you
want you to look like. Then from here, maybe you have
missed up your Photoshop. So you want yours
to look like mine, or you have to do
is to come here. And then you see that mine is
checked at the essentials. So you can see mine is check out the essentials. Select that. If you don't have
that one selected. I'll select that. Then I'll go back there and
click on Reset Essentials. The same thing. Let me brief you about one
in Photoshop gives you many options to apply the same thing when you
are working on Photoshop. Okay, So when you
are using for to show step that someone
may use IG something, you can use a different state, but the goal is to
achieve the same results. Most of the things that I'm
going to take you through is based on my own experience
and what I have seen. A lot of people use this same thing when you
come to Window over here. When you click on it, then you are going to have
these tools, these panels. Then you can see what species and you can choose essentials. You can see that
the default page, and then we can
raise it essential. Okay, so let's
look at how we can customize the most
that time some people may mess the screen by placing the panels are different places and maybe you want
to go back okay, by you don't know
how to go back. So what you can do
easily is to go to Window and you select
Reset Essentials. And Boom, photoshop is going
to bring you back to safety. And also most of the things I'm not going
to use them for now, so I can't lose them. So if you don't need
anything like the switches, I can click on it and close. Gradients are no
use this one clues. And once you right-click
on any of the panel, you see that Photoshop
gives you so many options. So you can see close, close group, collapse icon. So you can collapse the icon so that all this place is
going to be hidden for you. There we can bring those back. Okay? Then also we have
an option to minimize. Example like when I
click on this property, when I right-click on it, you can see for to give me
an option to minimize this. When I click on it, you see that the property
is being minimized. I can also right-click
and span the panel. Okay. Alright, so parseInt,
I'll know use that. Then I'll be using the color and also I'll be using
the property panel, but I don't want it to be here. So our click and drag. So one thing is that
when you click and drag, you see that you see a blue halo on where you
move your shape too. So when I click
and move it here, you see that the blue
halo shoes missile, wherever the blue Hello Is this where the panel is
going to leave? Okay, So when I leave it here, the panel is going
to leave here. I want it to be here. So I'll click and
drag it over here. At the same time, can click and leave it on your workspace, just like this and
you have this. Let me click and drag this one. But I will not be using
the libraries too. So let me close that. I just means I would
like to bring ETA. And once again, you can see that our list is being minimized. So how can you do to bring
it back or a splendid, we can double-click on
it to span that Liao Qi. And we can also double-click
on it to minimize it. So that is one tip that
I've shared with you. So you double-click to open it, and then you
double-click to hide it. At the same time
you right-click, you can see a span here. We can click to
span, that's okay. Then also we can move this
one either up or down. So maybe I want to
have more layers because Photoshop is all
about layers are key. So if we want to Mustapha, to show up very well, you should know
how to use layers and I'm going to use
the layers panel a lot. So you can notice that when I
bring my mouse cursor here, you can see it turns
into two arrows. I can click and
drag it down or up. So I want you to
have it this way. All right? Basically this is your
SPs look like, okay. And once again, whenever
you select any two here, photoshop gives you an
options at the top here to apply changes to the selected,
two digraphs selected. Okay? So all these are there to help you create
your amazing as Gouache. Lets see these presets. Let's see if this works
v. So let me see We go to Window workspace
and then you new SPs. Let's see Solomon
or pass req speeds. Then also make sure you
have all these Jake, okay? Alright, so please make sure
you have everything here. Check. Okay. So what
this one does is that it basically
freeze everything. Like I have my list here. If freezes, I have my two CA freeze everything
is without anything. You will mean that
you are going to have the same thing on how you
see your recipes or key. So anywhere now
you click on AKI. So let's see, I
select the essential. So let me reset the
essentials and you can see that all
these come back. I close all of these and
I have all of them back. So what can you do to
bring your own settings? We can go to Window
workspace and then you would choose the name that
you choose for your file. So let me, let me say
for it is possible. You can see at the top
here, it is there. When I click on it, it will bring me the
settings that I apply. Okay, so please pause the video and try your hands on grids in your own workspace
using what you have, just length and greet your own speed so that
we can continue on.
3. Part 3. How to Create a New Document: Hi there. Welcome back. So first of all, our life to close these
documents to undo. I didn't see if
there were cookie. Then when you open your
Photoshop for the first time, you are going to get
a screen like this. Dialogue box should appear, but I don't know why
it is not coming back. Don't worry. To create a
new document in Photoshop or you need to do is to go to
File and you click on New. And also please
note that when you click on the new
or beside the new, you can see shortcut Z or Control N to create
a new document. So click on that. And a new document dialog box is going to open in
Photoshop for us. Then we can select
any of the default. If you have something, see, it is going to appear here. We have food to be
have print documents. We have all of these things that I might not come in
is supposed to come. Okay? Let's see, this is the default and not also change the size. Even chain this one from
centimeters to inches to pixels. So we can do anything
that we want to do over here with
this preset, okay? With this, this preset help
you to set your document for you to choose the default one. And then also we can see
we have on Title one. So here is where
you document or you can still click on Create and
move on later, you name it. So let's see re-sizing. Let's say creating new document. And let's click on Create. So let's leave
everything as it is. Let me increase this 100. There an issue supposed to be the norm and you
click on Grades. This hole is the
document that we were using for the
example that we did. So let's create this on our own. So you can see when you open
a new document in Photoshop, the first thing you can see
the background is luck. We can unlock it. Okay, just click on the
lock and you see it. Look okay. But let's look on
due to lock it. Then. As we already
discussed our tooth, you can see we have
the viewers to CA, that they are going
to be a spleen. We're not going to explain
them one by one bys will be using them
when necessary. So in this case we are going
to use these two chord, the rectangle tool kit. So when I click on it, it's going to work late for me. You can see this arrow
showing down here. It means that there is something potentially living
under the sheet. So when I click in who you see that it's reviews are the sheep. So if you see any
two without it, you can see this one.
It's only this one. That's why we don't
have anything. But if you see NH2
with that arrow, it means that there is something potentially
living under that. So this is what we have. Another, we need only the
Rectangle tool for now, so I'll select that. And then all you need to
do is to click and drag. Don't remove your hand
from the mounds and let click and drag
over the whole canvas. And boom, it is going to fill, but you can see at the top here. So when you own the sheep too, please don't like off because when you
click on the move to, you're not going to
get that options. You are going to get
moved two options, we need a rectangle to property, so make sure you have the rectangle selected
at the Layers tab. And also make sure you
have it activated here. So you have the options
at the top here to do what ever you want to do. First of all, let's
discuss this. First of all, you can
change the color here so you can see this is the fill. We can click on it and then select any color that
you want to select two. You can open any of
these and select it, or you can come here. You click on this
color and then you select any color that
you would like to use. Our legs, you use a
color just like this. And click on our key, and you can see it
immediately applies for me. Then make sure you
have your one layer of paint and then you are
going to see these images. So this is what we
are going to use. Icon, select this one, click and drag this
into Photoshop. Okay. Leave it in. Basically,
we are going to appear in Photoshop for us. Let me cancel this. And also, if you
are working with many document and you want
to move all of them at once. In Photoshop, you can click on Control or Command on a
Mac and select all of the, then we can click and
drag them into Photoshop. And boom, this one comes, you click on Commit
Changes or accept changes. The next one is going to come. You do the same. And you do this in the end to resize your image as
we already learned it. Auto selected, check
the show transformers, we check and we can
transform this one okay? Venue accurately. You can click on either commits transform or you
click on the Enter key. So you have two options here. When you turn transform me, click on Enter or
click on the option. It's what I said, changes. Then afterwards we can move
these little guys around. Okay. So we can move it to, let's say you come
here, you come here. Let me scroll this one a bit. Alright, so let me delete
them and let me show you another way to import
images into Photoshop. So another way you can import
images into Photoshop is that when you go to File and then you come
to Place Embedded. So this is it. You can
go to Place Embedded. You click on it. It is going to open
a document for you, then you locate where
you have your image. So in this case, I have my year. So this is it. I'll just open that
and I have them. I can select this one. I can hold down Control on PC, command on the Mac to
add different ones, but then I can select this one. I'll click home, please. Okay. Then I can resize
it here. Also, please. If you are using an older
version of Photoshop, when you ask scaling
this one down, we are going to have problem. Like maybe you are going to
have it skewed this way. You are at the store. You are destroying the
image where you don't want to have it that way. Okay. I'm using the
earlier version of Photoshop to energy into
they have updated that. Okay, so if I
transform anything, I will not have that effects
us a distorted image. Okay, so if we wanted to transform the image
without the story needs, or you need to use to
hold down the Shift key. And then it is going
to transform it in a very proportion for UVC. This is divisiveness
of the 22 is two. So when I hold down
the Shift key, see that it is the story that in your keys is going to work perfectly
fine for you. Yes, Would that, and you'll find when you are accumulates, you click on Accept Changes. And then let me
move this guy here. Then File place Embedded
and less delay. The second one, you
click on Place. And then let's reduce
the size of this one. So if you are using
that whatever changes, what are the Shift
key and you'll be fine okay, when scaling them. Then let bring the
last image or K. Then please embedded. I'll select the last
image and boom, I can resize it here. Let me show you one
protein over here. So if you are using
an earlier version, you are using an older version. You can hold down the Alt key and then you click and drag. You see that it's transformed
into the medulla are key. But I think if you are
using an older wish, you have to add a transform
into the middle for UC, Merced is being disturbed
because of the shift key. You need to hold down
the Shift key or the Alt key so
that you are going to transform into
the middle for you. So in my case, let me move my hand from the Shift key and then I'm
going to get it this way. Then I can move this guy around. Then let me please
this guy here. Scale it a little bit down. And how do we teach? Hover over the edge and we can click and drag to rotate it. Okay? And also you can double-click on
it to apply changes. You double-click on your
mouse to apply the changes. Instead of, maybe I
have transformed this. Now it's too much. Instead of me going here, I can double-click on
this to accept changes. Okay? So basically does it. And also, I forgot to explain a little bit
of this for you. So if you draw any shape, you can double-click here
to change the color of t. So we see I have
this thumbnail here. They are thumbnail. When I double-click
on this, it's coping, the color picker or the
cover sheet for me, which I can select any color. And this is the hue
and saturation. So you see, when
I move it around, it brings in different colors. You can choose any color I want. And then you move from there. So please, I would
like you to pause the video and work on your own. And please, when you are
done on the project size or share with me so I can see how far you are going, okay? Alright.
4. Part 4. How to Crop, Resize Canvas and Image Size: Now let's continue and
we're looking at cropping, resizing your Canvas,
MSIs and staff. So in case maybe I
have all of these, select that and it is too big. I want to increase the
size of the canvas. Okay, So the document that you see here or what you see
here, It's called Canvas. That's the document.
Okay. These are the images and layers
that we have around. Okay, So in order for us
to increase the Canvas, you need to do is to go to
Image and you will see Canvas. Okay, so select that. You notice that we
have the chance to increase the
size of the combat. You can maintain whatever
you have here and then increase the rate,
increased maybe four. And let's do, let's
increase this one also two. And let's see three. And then click on key. You see that we have a
lot of the shape here. We can select the rectangle
we do as our background, and then increase that to fit everything so that you can have a lot of space to bring in more items or increase the size. So that is the way to
increase the canvas. And also sometimes when you are working in
radio document, you might want to change the resolution or
change the image size. So when you come to image, image size over
here, click on it. And the image size dialog
box is going to open for us. So we can see we
have the Android, normally we use 304 printout. You're going to post it
on the internet and you see the size of the
document is too big. You want to reduce the size. So we can reduce
the size up to 72, usually good for the screen. And you see it reduced to 1.15. Okay? So basically, this is how you can also
go about it may size. If we want to do anything, then when you are about to click on our key measure,
you see resample. So we have there is sample, this is going to
help you to keep the size or keep
everything as you want. This, what is the latest version does preserve the deal too. When you select these
and you click on, Okay, it is going to
preserve it not to distort the image of your work, okay, so you have the
preserved details selected. If you are using the machine, you can choose Preserve Details, enlargement, then we can
click on Create. Okay. So this is going
to change the sign 300-72 and you see how
small things here. And then we can click
on this one to here, Double-click on it
to fit everything. Screen also lets look at how to crop an
image in Photoshop. So maybe you like
to crop something. So how can you go about it? So to go about
cropping in Photoshop, you need to do is
to come to you to CDN can see and you will
notice that we have crop here. So we select that. And then you see, it's literally gives you this
outline over the canvas. And you can drag, you know, crop this image to your profession like quotes you like to have so you can copy. And also footage up
gives us some presets. So when I open this one, you can see we have
11 is to one shape. So you see it gives a square. We have eight. So you can also choose
some of the presets here to go with what you
want to do, okay? So you can see how the info, but if you would like
to do it your own, so it is a way you can also set a perfect banner for
your awake, okay? But you can always leave
it at width, height, resolution so you can
toggle with aids, do whatever data you
want to do here. Okay? So that's basically
how cropping it is. So let's see. I'm okay with sample IDs. And you can also
drag around these. So when you are
carrying your copy it click on this checkbox. Save changes and boom, this is what I'm going to help. So please pause a little bit and prices
for t we have thought, Okay, this is it for now, just laying out crop. Just go through how to grow, increase your image size
in the staff or kay.
5. Part 5. How to Move & Transform Object: Hello everyone, welcome back. In this next section on
Photoshop essentials course, we are going to look at
how to move and transform objects or k. We are going to learn how to
move this around. Move this little
guy around, okay? Alright. So first of all, to move something
around in Photoshop, please make sure you have
the move to activate it. So here is the move to
make sure you have it activated is can see we
have many tools over here, but this is the Move tool. If you want to move anything, you can click and move. It. Can move this guy up. This guy up, really move to, we can bring this guy, you can change their positions. Move to a k. So basically
that is defined. Move to let me undo. So when you do something
and you don't want to accept the changes
or one-to-one to, you can go to Edit and
you see undo, so onto. Then let's go again. Undo, undo, undo, undo. So many at times, like when you many things
and you want to undo, you can see that we
are going here to undo because z it is
our webinars and load. So maybe you don't
want to be going back to the edit and undo, undo, reconsider shot Cartier. I'm not going to bombard
you with many shortcuts, but the ones that are important
that you need to know, I'll just share with you, okay? So that is degree. You can go back or
key then from here. So to move anything, please, Photoshop or default, you will not have
the auto select, Check and they transform,
show transform, check. So please measure it
to select here check, okay, so make sure you have it. Check this one. And you also have this
little guy check. Okay? So basically this is what
we are going to move. The things is not this that
we use to move anything just that help you to see what
you have selected or not. Okay? So with a
auto select Check, you can see that
without able to select, you can see always
have selected one. Objects are key
unless you come to the layers panel and you select a different object
before you can move it. Otherwise, when you don't have auto select selected and
we try to move something, you can see We are
moving the old one. Okay. So make sure you have
a check and then we can just select anything from the art
board to move it around. Okay. And at the same time, the fetal form to let me uncheck it and
you see the results. So are we just want to check it. But you can see you have select this MTU and movies
and the value none. Notice that you can't
see anything to have that bouncing box around it. You just click on Show Transform so you will know that
you have selected, we have selected that, okay? So to know that we have
selected this one, okay, I guess you now understand
how the move to work. Now, let's move on to re-sizing
over t dt in this case. So to resize this
one or this one, Let's first of all look at
how to resize this one. So to resize this one, already we know we have the Show Transform
Controls on nature. We have these guys
around this one, which means we can just
come here to the edge, the box, the small box here, you see it turns
into two arrows, which we can click
and drag it out. Well, for me to be small or big. And maybe I have transformed
this to this portion and I don't want to accept the changes so I can
click on cancer, the transform, so you
can see this, okay? So we can click on
this little guy here to cancel that transforms. Let me click on that
and add the same thing. If I have this transform and I want to
accept the changes, I can click on this little
guy here to save the changes. And this will be applied for me. But also we can click on
Control Z to undo the changes. Okay? Next, we have ln about how to transform to make it bigger,
make it smaller. So let's look at how we
can rotate this one. See this one, we
have theta them. Okay, so let's try
to take this one. Awesome. So to rotate this one, if you want to move to
measure, you know, move to. And also we have
the selected, okay? And also please, all these things that we're learning
is on the layers tab. So everything that we
have on the art board. So this is what cameras. Art board. Alright, all our documents, so anything that we have
is what appearing here. So if I click here, you can see this is n. You can
see it gave me their name. So it gives you either have
the background selected, have this shape selected for high angle lighting than that. Okay, So you see anything that we are doing
is appearing here. And also if you don't
have anything yet, so maybe you might not have this option
that we have here. So let me show you, maybe you don't
have this obscene. Okay. So if we want to have this one goes window
and you'll see, alright, So when
you come to Window, then you see this arrow. So let me click on this
arrow for you to see. Open that again. Let me show you the
arrow. So you see this. When I click on it, it'll open or it will go down and
bring the other details. I don't I can see I
don't have them here. So you see that I have
the option is checked. So when I click on it, you see it escapes. Let me go back and make
sure I have this one. Check. Just click on check
and you see it comes back. Okay, So if you don't have
these options at the top, please just go to Window
and then you are going to see anything that we
see on this document. If you don't have it, it's living under
the Window key. So we have everything on this art board or on this
document living under window. So if you don't have anything, please make sure you go here. So maybe want to
recreate the test too hard the character. When you come here, you can
see the character here, okay? So I click on it
and then PS here. So this is a panel
and you can see the character to come rate paragraph a little
windows to help you. Okay? Alright, When you've
done really can collapse it. So we have lookout how
to move this guy around. So how to transform this way. This was late. Derrick
can see this bounding box around the sheep or around
the high angle image. When you come closer to it, you see that instead of
the mosque is ten into these two straight arrows. You see it turns into a
cave arrows, two arrows. Okay, so let me show you
this is how it looks. That means if I click and drag, we cannot rotate this guy. Okay. Let me undo or
canceled it changes. And as I told earlier, Photoshop gives you many options
to apply the same thing, the same thing we
can go to Edit. So under edits, when
you go to transform, you see we can't
insulate with it. You see that we have
the option to this one, okay, so we can rotate this guy. Okay? Then we want to again go to Edit again and
then Transform. And then let's see, skew. It is 12 becomes q, this one. Okay. This one to any, how we want it to any
of them worked fine. Okay. So that's how these two, we have learned how to move, resize an image,
rotate an image. Okay? Alright, so as we have
learned all these things, let's look at how to
create a new document and create these by our soul, okay.
6. Part 6. How to Lock, Group, Adjust Opacity: Alright, welcome back. In this section we are
going to look at locking, grouping and adjusting
opacity with less. Okay? So to start, we're now going to start by looking at image. So let's see, we have this shape that I've drawn as for
the buck on, okay. And also, I would like to
also take you to that. There are many ways you
can apply it back on. So let's say I
take this one off. So it is the initial
log back on. I have, so don't worry about it. All of these one
off and you can see here is it's literally
transparency. That little checkbox
you can see here means that there is nothing
that if argon, okay? So to add a background, you can come here
to the effect size. So you see this adjustment, you click on it, and then
you will see solid color. Okay, so when I click
on this solid color, it is going to feel
a color for me. So the default one
that came was white. So I can select anything else I would like
to select here. Okay. So let's use this
one for this example. Okay, so this was in part, but you see that we have
also learned something. If you want to hide something, you just click on the I is
going to be hidden for you. Okay? Then, as we are using
this as our background, where we are going to do is
now you see that anytime that I want to play something
like when I click on this, you see that it just
always have a logo. So I just wanted to lock it because I don't want
to be selecting it. I want to maybe select
something different. I keep selecting this one. So what can I do? When I come here? This means that
when I click on it, I cannot look something. Okay? So to make it look something, let's say I have this selected. I will come here and
then click on this. And you see it gets
hot, highlighted me. When you come here, you
see that this one is all. Look, okay. I have this one over here. Alright? So when I tried to like this, you see that I'm
not able to do so because it is locked,
but the others. Okay. So at the same time,
I can also select this one and lock
this one as well. And you need to have the lock. I liked it because it is active. So when you want to
remove the lock, the first we can do is to
select the layer and you come here and click
on the lock again, and it is going to leave it. And we still, we have
this one selected. How do we move that? So we can also just click
on it to remove it. I said earlier,
Photoshop gives you so many options to do or to
achieve the same result. So you can use this one
to lock this image, but you can just click on
it to unlock it or locate and we click on this on
lock or this lucky to look. Okay, so that's how it works. So let's look at maybe we have these emojis and I would like to group them because
they are our images. So how can you do select one
and to select the other, order the Shift key
on your keyboard and then click on the last one. So it is going to
select all of them. Maybe I want to add this one, but I don't include this. So what can I do? I'll hold down my control key or command key and then
click on the layer. So you see that skip this one. But if I was to hold the
Shift key and click on this, it is going to add all of that. And also when you
select all of that, you can also click on
Control or Command on a Mac and select that to remove
that from the selection. So let me remove
this. So Control and click on it to remove it. Then to group it. You can see
this little group box here. So it means that when I click on that group,
it is going to, you know, everything that was related is going to
be in a foia for me. Okay. So then for me
I can double-click and rename the file
and see images. One cool pro tip that I want
to show you here is that maybe you are working with so
many layers and group them. You want to identify them
or locate them easily. You can right-click
on the layer, just right-click on it and you are going to
have the option here. So let me click on this arrow. And you're going to
have the option here to select a color for it. Okay, so let's let big orange and you see that it
is painted with orange. So anytime you arrange in, notice that it is the
images group, okay? So does it and you
can also remove it. Just right-click on it
and you sell it locally. So in this way, it can help you stay organized. Okay. So if you have downloaded at PSD file
or a mock-up online, you can see most
of times it comes rate group images with a color. So this is how they do it. Okay? Alright, Then lastly, let's look at how to adjust opacity. So let's see, I have
this one selected. And by the way, if you group your images and you are using an older version
of Photoshop CS6. When you try to
select something, it is going to select
the whole group unless you right-click and ungroup it. So if you want to ungroup
something, you see it is here. You just select Ungroup and
it will be on group for you. Okay, So let me
group mine because my knee out just
like this image. So if I use the CAC, you just have to open
the group and select the layer is 12 hour when
you select something, it is the lady who are just ungroup it and
you'll be fine. So if I have this image
selected and I want to kind of C2 opacity
is like transparent, like something that
you can see true. Okay? So if you
want to see true, although we can do is to come here to the effect
size that we have here. We can reduce the opacity. So we can just
open this and drag this little guy here to
a place that we want. And you see that we can
see through here, okay, so you see when I bring here, you can see some of the
image of that and you can see this one a
little bit. Okay? So it is how fast it works. Okay. And also let me show
you one pro tip here. And you see that when
I come to the opacity, you see that the arrow
chain from that Kayser two hand weights arrows, okay? Then we can click and drag
to increase it or reduce it. Okay? So we can increase the opacity and
reduce the opacity. Just clicking and dragging. The same thing happens to fail. So you can use either Fill
Opacity to reduce the size. So they feel simply
means like the collider, full color that we have. But you want to reduce the fill. Most of the time when
you are working on projects, feel works best. Some other things to
opacity weak base. So as you are learning graphic design or as you
are learning Photoshop, you are going to experience
these things yourself. Alright? I'll be organizing
the advanced class where I'll be explaining more of these things
to you guys again. So basically that's what
opacity can help you achieve. So we have learned how to create a document, move an image. We have also learned about
layers, a little shape, resizing, and so many stops
so we can move forward to, you know, do other stuff.
7. Part 7. How to use the Quick Selection Tool, Magic Wand Tool, and Layer Management: Hi, welcome back. In this Photoshop class, we are going to look
at how to come up with this same idea that we
have on board here. So how are you going to
do this from scratch? Okay, so we are going to learn about Quick
Selection Tool. We will learn a little
bit about magic wand to also learn about
labor management, CVs of many lessons here so
you can afford to miss out. So how are we going to
create this from scratch? Okay, so we're going to glue that we have here
in this dinosaur, okay? And how are we going to put all these to get
these nice effect? We are going to line up our
layer management, okay? So literally, this is
what we are going to do. So let's start all over and see what we will be able
to come up with a K. So let me close this document. Okay. Then I'll go to my source file. So please check
your source files. You are going to
see O2 selections. Then you click and
drag the bug on. So you can use this as a different one and use it
to create your own exam. So K video, I'm going to pause the video so you can
also practice alone. So I have click and
drag in the background. So it is going to be
an influential for us. So when it opens in
Photoshop for us, the first thing that
we are going to do is to select the background
because the first one let me look into first time for you
to see how the tier two, for the first one, we have a session where the dinosaurs coming
from the sky. Okay, So how are you going
to do the same thing. You see that is
dinosaur is coming in-between the
building in the sky. So how on earth the same fate? Or unless we making selections. So we start by
making a selection. Here is when the Quick
Selection comes to, we're going to talk about
a quick selection to okay? And also we will talk
about a magic wand. And so far we have
talked about and move to recovering them as we move
forward on the course. Okay, So the next
one that we're going to look at is the installation. You will see we have the
quick selection over here. So I'll select that
liquid distillation, allow you to quickly
and easily select one area or a
section of an image. Okay? So when you have
the case lessons, here are the two that
you can use to we have at the top here
we have that plus, we have the one
plus the lecture. We have the minus
pixelation written minus subtract from
the selection. And this is the new selection. Okay? So we're going to create a
new selection so we can use the Add to Selection because definitely is going
to add to the selection. And you can see
two is very small. So how can we increase that? So when you have
this one selected, click on this arrow from here at the top here to open the tools. Then you have the size, you have the hardness, you have the spacing. So we are going to
increase the size. We can see it is getting bigger. So let's increase it a bit. Alright. So let me teach you one
pro tip here, square. You can use the square
brackets on your keyboard near to the p to increase it. And the left one will
reduce the size. Okay, with a crystal lesson to select an area or
assertion of an area. So when I click and drag, you see that it automatically
selected this area because it notice that it is an
aviary the same color, shade or let's have that intelligence to
select those areas. Okay, then I'm going
to zoom in from here, you can see that
the selection was, it would add here. So we have to add these areas. Okay, so we are going to reduce the size with the
left square bracket. Yes. Click on it
to reduce the size and you see it is
AB it is plaza. We can add those areas, leave it in Photoshop, or analyze the area to
select that when I zoom in. So what can you use to
zoom in like I'm doing, I'm just holding
down the Alt key on PC option on the Mac. Then I'm using the scroll bar on my mouse to zoom
in and zoom out. At the same time,
you can also come to the 2s and select the
to the zoom tool here. So what is it like
the mirror here? When you click on it
and you click and drag, it, zooms in and zooms out. And another quick way
also to zoom in and zoom out is to hold
down Control on PC, command, on the Mac, Control plus and Control minus
to zoom in and zoom out. So Control Minus zooms how it's controlled blossoms in AKI. Then also, I'm
going to pan around my document to see
the areas week. Wasn't able to select them all. So when I hold down my Spacebar on the keyboard
and click and drag, you see that I am able to
pan around the document. So notice that at the top here, the selection, it couldn't
meet a proper selection. So with the help of
the quick selection to select it again, then reduce the size
and you see it is plus. So let's click on the minus end. Let's select this one out. We don't need this selection. Let's pan around your space
bar and then pan around the document and
you are going to see a fault which you
are going towards. We will move. So we have these dots. It was added to the
selection, but we don't want, so with this minus, we can just subtract
from the selection. So let's do this together. You plague and move
around those areas. Photoshop is going to use it. Artificial intelligence,
known as Adobe says A2, move those selection that
we don't want a key. So let me zoom out and let's go to not everything that we are going to
be able to select, especially days
we can select it, but that is going to
take a long time. So let's leave that one and move around and see which areas. Also when you are on the glass, you don't have to
always come to the top here to select the
minus and the plus. You can just hold
down Alt on PC. Option on the Mac is
either a dysplastic, okay? So when I hold down
the Alt or Option, it tends to minus, which means I can just
subtract from EA. Okay? That's super cool, right? Okay, so let's move
this little guy here. Let me subtract this guy. Subtract this guy. Alright. So I hope is for k Now, then we can double-click on this hand to defeat
everything to screen. What we're going to do next
is that you can see we have the background and the
sky on the same layer. So we are going to
make a copy of this so that both of them stay
on a separate layer. Okay, So with a quick
selection to select it, if you don't have a selected, you can't apply this effect. So please make sure you have the quick selection
to select it. Then we will right-click on the area that we
made a selection. We're going to layer via cut, so we are going to
cut that area out. Okay, So click on that and it is going to cut that area out. So when I click on the Move
to and then I move this, how I see that that
area is being cut out. Okay. Oh, at the same time, later on do with
this one selected, we can go to Edit and then we are going to see cut or copy. So we can cut here. Okay? And then we come to
edit again and you see Paste. So we can also paste. So we can click on Edit
Paste, Paste Special. So let me click on this where you see that it
paste in the way. Let me undo. Let's go to Paste again and
let's see Paste in Place. So this one, it will paste in the place where it was cut from. So I'll click on that
and you can see that it goes back to the place where it was being removed from. Okay. So it has been thought out
but it's still adapt places. Okay, So just maintain
it adapt list. And boom, From here, we are going to
add our dinosaur, like you can see here we have
our dinosaur coming into. Go back to your source files
and then you are going to see this so we can click or
otherwise, Let's come here. Lease embedded. Then I'm going to open
where my resources are. Okay. Please make sure you check the link somewhere
on the page so that you can download these resources so that you can
follow along, okay? You know, there is a saying
that practice makes perfect so you watching without processing is not going
to end you anywhere. And also please make
sure that you send your final result to us on this piece so that we can see what you're able
to come out with. Okay, so from here, I'm going to select this
and click on please. Then I'll click on this
change or click on the Enter key on my
keyboard. I said changes. Alright, so earlier we talked about the
Quick Selection tool, the Magic Wand to sue. We have used the
Quick Selection Tool. Let's try. What's the magic wand
tool can do for us. So we had a magic
wand to select it. Just come here and you
click and hold on to open. So it is going to open
the view as categories. Then you select the
last one, magic wand. Then when you come here, you just click on the image. And the magic wand allows you to quickly select an
area of your image. And make an independent
editor aids, okay? It is most use of age, a solid, a solid color, and a color area. So the magic wands
is mostly used to select a solid color
or a color area. You see all this white. That's why the magic
one tool is quickly, it will help us to
make the selection. Then let's try to delete
the place digraphs, likely, because we don't want this to our click on the
Delete on my keyboard. And you see we get
a notification that Adobe Photoshop quitting, complete your request because the smart object is not
directly editable. Okay? Okay, so how can we do now? So what that means is
that when we import or bring image or something
outside Photoshop, photoshop, keep that
thing as a smart object. So when you see this little box, is this a smart object or K? So you can see Smart
Object, thumbnail. So this is all a Smart Object in Photoshop is we're trying to put that image or that document
that you brought in soda, it doesn't lose pesos. And we will talk about that. Lita are key. What is pesos and the rest
when we will talk about later so that you get
the understanding. So what we can do now is to right-click and then you
will see rasterized layer. Okay, so we are going to
just rasterize this layer. So click on that to
rasterize layer, and then let's try to
delete it, taking, hit the Delete key on
your keyboard again, then you're going
to use this a lot because mostly you bring resources or images outside
foot to show up and you have to rasterize it before
you can recreate it, okay? Therefore, we see that we
have a selection around this. How do we get rid
of this selection? Simply see that we
have selection here. Select to click on that
and you'll see deselect. Normally you will see me using the shortcut Control
D. So we just click on it and it is going to
remove the selection for you. Then I'll click on
my move to up here. So when I click and
move this around, you see that I'm not
getting any effect. Why? Because we have to
manage our layers. You have the range, the layers. So to do that, first, we have to, you know, earlier we talked about locking
and unlocking new layer. So we have this one. So let me try to drag this one beneath the
sea is no going. It's not going
because the layer is locked and nothing can
goes down to unlock it, just click on it to unlock it. Or you can click and drag this
one to be as simple as a, B, C. And then we will
have this result. So let me name this
one as our building. So we are learning about naming
our layers to the Cloud. And this is the dinosaur. So I'll click the Cloud
all the way down. And because we cut that
area and pasted it, you have something here, we have a color here, so we have to also
delete that layer. So let's pick up the Quick
Selection Tool again, and let's select that area. Let me add this area. Then let's click on the
Delete key on the keyboard. So before you click
on the Delete key, make sure you have the building
selected and then you can click on Delete to
delete that area, then go to select and
deselect the selection. So this is what we have now. So we have the clouds down here, we have the building and tall. So we see, this is why we
are having, now you see, I have to bring in the dinosaur in-between the building
and the Cloud. And you see it start to have this query for
that we have here. Okay, so let me click
and drag and position this one here or k. So we
can see we have this effect. Now, let's try to bring
the second dinosaur. But before then, I would like to pause the video so they can practice up to where we are and then we can
continue. Okay? Alright, welcome back. I hope you are able
to do the same thing. So let's move on. Then. Let's go to Edit. Then from here, let's go
to File place Embedded, and then let's let
the second dinosaur. Then you see that it's already been hidden because
we have the layer here. So let me click and
drag it here and click on them to
commit the changes. But this one I'll click and
bring it all the way up. So I'm going to have
freely work with it at that I can send it back
to that area again. So what should we use to
remove the bad one here? The magic wand to go
to your selection, select the magic wand to, and then click once
to select the area. Okay? So it is means
selected and delete it. No, we have a problem. You could not complete
your request because Smart Object is not
directly editable. You know how to do
already right-click on the image and then
rasterize the layer. Then from here, let's delete it again and you see we have a ton. Then from here, let's
use the shortcut we just learned on drew D
to de-select this. Then let's move this
one artery here. And you see it is not going because we have layer
on top of the building. So let's bring this down. You see, it is now being hidden, but we have a problem. You can see the first one, it was flipped to
the other side. So how can we achieve
the same result here? So to achieve the same result, Let's go to edit, to edit. Then come all the way down
and select Free Transform. Shortcut is Control T. Okay, Sorry that I'm putting
into my shortcut on you. But once you have decided
to learn Photoshop, learning the shortcut to
is a key because it will help you to complete our
work on a project faster. Okay, so Control T for free
transform or just comes, edits and select Free Transform. And also some people
complain that maybe when they come here they
can't see anything like they can't select anything. It is levied. Only
some small features that you can click on. Ok. Oh, because we have the
free transform active, you see the free
transform is active, so most of the menus
are no working because we have something on we haven't tell Photoshop
that we are done with horse who are
trained to do. So. When you come here, you
see that most of them, as are most of the
axes, is being faded. Our tweet, me can
use it over into Photoshop that we are done
with what we are doing. Okay, so when I
click on this one, then when I go back
to anything you can see I now have access to them. Okay, so good at it. Again, Let's let
the free transform. Then when you come, you just right-click
on the image and you are going to have all
these tools, okay? So this is going to help
you flip the image. So when I come all the way down, you see flip horizontal,
flip vertical. So vertical, this
horizontal is also in B, so we are going to flip. We're going to flip horizontal. Okay? So let me undo. So let's go back to the free transform continuity
for free transform. Right-click and then
flip horizontal. And boom, we have our faith
so we can scale it a bit, position it where we
want it to be, okay? And then we can leave it here. So when you add unreleased, you click on Enter
to accept changes. Alright, so let's see
what we have to do again. We have to add these
flying saucer, okay, so we have to add
these flying saucer. And we also have an
alien standing here. Okay, so let's do this quickly. Let's go to File place Embedded, and then let bring in the alien to have the aliens selected. Click to place that. And then we also have
the same problem. Click on yields a step changes. First of all, right-click on
that and Rasterize Layer. Then we're going to
move that back on. Okay, so go to Select
and then let use the magic wand to
click on here to select the area and please, anytime that you are using these to make sure you have
the layer selected, the layer that
you're working on, visual, it is all selected. Then you can see the
selection wasn't able to select this area
because it doesn't have any contact with it. So to add that EVA, we can click on the Shift key. So when we click
on the Shift Key, see that a plus terms to add
to the shape that we have. Okay? So let me show you. So when I click
on the Shift key, you see we have a plus, meaning we can add areas, we'll click radio amounts, and it is going to add it. When you click on Alt or option. When you click it, it's
going to subtract. So arise, so we'll let add it. Click on the Shift
key and that area. Alright, then we can
click on Delete and boom, we have it done. Then go to select and
deselect the selection. Go back to the move to less curious one a little bit down. And I'm going to place it here. Okay? All right, so we
have the same effect here. So let's add these flying saucer and then we'll be
done with this. Okay, so I'll go back to. File, place Embedded, and then I'll have this
flying saucer. So let me first
of, for this one, it opens in Photoshop. For me, I can increase the size. Click on n tau or
double-click or radio mouse. I said changes,
right-click and rasterize the layer with the help of the magic wand to
make a selection. Okay, and also lets me
zoom in for you to see, see that we have a lot of problem because most of
the area is kind of y. When we select
everyday magic points, we are having a fabric. So we will use this
opportunity to look at a different selection tool. So when you come up here just before the magic
wand to a neat group, you will see the Lasso tool. We have the polygon
lasso tool and you have the
magnetic lasso tool. So here we are going
to use the lasso tool. Okay? So with a lawsuit to
already have a selection. So you see that the selection
as good as some areas, you have to add
these areas and you have to also subtract
some areas, okay? And also if you don't have this, but you have something
like a plus check, maybe you have your
caps lock key is on. So if you have a
couple of keys on, you are going to have this. Just click on it to remove that. And then from here you see
that this area is being added. So we want to subtract that
area from the selection. So what do we have to do? You have to subtract it. So for us to subtract it, hold on the Alt key, click and drag over those areas. Okay, so I'm going
to click and drag over those areas and make
a very loose selection. So I'm still holding
the Alt key or the Option key and you see
that area is being removed. Let me zoom in and you
see it did a good job, but let me make the
selection again, hold down the Alt key
or Option on the Mac, and then you click and drag over these areas of k. Then leave it, you see the selection
is being added. So let's do the same thing here. We are using the lawsuit to make a very loose selection
around the areas that was added by
we don't need it. So we are in other ways, we are removing those areas. Okay. And also let's see, we have this selected
by we don't want it. So how do you move
that area from it? We just have to add this
one to the selection, because here is a selection. So we have to click on the plus and then let's add this one. Make a selection
around the edge. And you see the
selection is being added or k. Then from here, we can click on the Delete
key to delete that area, nest control D to deselect the selection control 0 to
fit everything to screen. So just by double-clicking, slide is when you double-click it fit everything into screen. The shortcut is Control 0. To fit everything
into screen as well. Let me show you on your Move to and less skew this one tau. Okay? And then I'm going
to position this one here. You see this little blue
on the flying source. We are going to apply
the same thing here. So with this one selected, you see this little guy here. Fx does effects, will
let click on this. And then you are going
to apply an outer glue. Click on the outer glue
for the layer style to OP. And boom, you can
see it applies. The last he fed that you
apply to something, okay? So you can see it applied the last effect
that I did on something. Alright, so with this one, we are going to sample
a color by before then, then I'm going to cancel
these two, cancel it, just click on cancel, and it's going to remove this. So let's go back to File, place Embedded and
then bring in this, okay, I have already
remove or this one doesn't come with a backhoe and I want it to
be somewhere here. Okay. Thank Click
on Save Changes, I think is somewhere there. Then from here we're going
to add an outer glow. So click on the Effects and
click on out dark blue. And then we want to use
this opportunity to learn how to sample a color
from something else. Okay? So we have, we want to change this
color red to this. So when we open this clip
here to open the color, and then you will have access to select the color you want. So you see that when I come
out from the color is z. It turns into a collapse. I see it is already
selected here. Then you can make a sample color k. So you
see when I click, the color shows up, okay? So this is the color I want to use and you click on Alt key. Then you set your
blending mode to normal. Then opacity hundred,
you can reduce it. You know that I have already
learned about opacity. Opacity that will lead
to the same thing here. We can increase the opacity. We can also increase the noise
if you want buy we don't want and we can change this
one too precise on soft. Let's use soft for this spread. Make it 14, size 200. So these are my own figure. So you can also find it in to get a preferred figures
that you want, okay? And please make sure you
maintain the same settings here. Then from here we can click
on Okay to apply changes. Then we are going to
make a duplicate. So we haven't made
any duplicates. So let's learn how
to make a duplicate. To make a duplicate in
Photoshop is very easy. The easiest one that I'll teach
you first is to click and drag that layer to the
plus sign we have here. So let me show you the blast. So this is the place, okay? So when you click on it, you can add another layer. So you see it is two. Now, let me move down
one for you to see, okay, Then let's kill
this one a bit down. Position this one here. Okay, then click on
this convention, just accept the changes. And also another way
to make a duplicate, thus also easy is to hold down the Alt key on PC
option on the Mac. And you see when you hold down
the Alt key is tens twice, the keys become too black, one black, and one white. So with this one we can click to make a
duplicate with it. Okay, so let me delete it. Hold on Alt or Option, click and drag to
make a duplicate. Okay? And the last video I will show you is
to right-click on the layer and then you will
see Duplicate somewhere. You see duplicate layer, you click on that. And you can also name the
layer or leave it and say, okay, and when you move it, you see it is true now. So any of them that
you use is okay. Next, I'll go to my file
again and then I'll placed in this drug on boots. Just a fun part too late. Just bring this one in. And this one is we
have a trouble. So who can guess what
we're going to do here? We will double-click
on its asset changes, right-click and
rasterize the image. Then from here we will
select the magic wand to click on it and
delete the portion. We don't want to, we have problem because the selection didn't
include these areas. So you can click on this
separately and we can hold down the Shift key.
You see a plus. So we can add those areas. Okay, let me add
these areas as well. You see everything is added. Now, click on the
Delete key and boom, everything removes them from
your control D to deselect. And let's go back to the move to control 0 to fit
everything into screen. Then we can move and
bring this one here. I'll make this a
little bit small, implicit here, okay,
click on asset changes. So let's see what is left. So we see we have almost
applied everything. We just have to apply this test. And boom, we can move forward.
8. Part 8. How to create Text in Photoshop: Alright, now we're going to add, this tells that we can see here today's artwork
that we have done. So to do the same thing. First of all, notice that we
have this big T over here, that is a test tube. So when I click on it, you see the test to activate
any CA comes with vesicles. These two vertical test max2, we have couple of them, but we are using the
Horizontal Type two. Okay. Sorry not
taste to type two. There are two ways you can type. Oh, bless your tastier. You can just click once and then you start typing
whatever you want to type. So maybe I'll just type. Let me click on cups
so it comes in cups. Alright? So we fight for good. When you are done, you click on Commit Changes and
click on the move to, to bring on the show
transform controls. And we can scale this one up. Okay. And also let me undo. You see that when you
own that test two, we have the same thing
that we did earlier. So you can see the
small t to the big T, we can click and drag. This is a pro tip. It, click and drag to
make your test bigger. Let me undo. And let's
also look at TA. So when you are in a mood to
any harm your test selected, you can also come here
and type in the figures. Let's see, maybe
I know the size, so we will go for 150. And you see that test increases. Okay? So let me bring this
one up for you to see. Let me change the color. So to change the color with
a test to select the middle, you have the layer selected, you have the option at the
top yet gene, the color. So let's see why. And you see we have got y. Let's go for 200 points and
boom, there we have it. The other way you can
also type it taste is to have the test to select it. And also, let me open this one and you notice that
any two that you use, the shortcut is on here. So you see the test to the shortcut is T.
So this is easy to remember because
test we start with D and shortcut is
T, very simple. So if I have the Move Tool
selected and I want to go to the click on T on your keyboard and it adds rate. With this one. I'll just click and type. I can define the AV. I want to tie something. So let's see. I'll click and
drag to define the area. And Photoshop is going to fill
the area with some fonts, some taste, okay, by ignore
it and you type in your test. So let's see, we fight for good. And you can notice that
this comes as caps because I have my
cups or activities. Let's see. Good. You see, you can type
in small it is as well. So this is it. And also let me quickly
teach you this. Let's see. You are typing it tests and you type it in Smoky. So let's see, we fight for good. And you want to change this. There's two cups. How can you do this
without retyping the test? So you need to do is to come to the test and you will see this. So if you don't have this, please go to the window. So any panel that I'm using now, you are not having any panel that you lost on
your page, please. All you need to do to
bring this back is to go to Window and then
find that panel. And you can see we have
a character panel here. So I'll click on it
to activate that. Therefore, we can
notice that we have this option to toggle ready. So with this big T or
with this dog would see, see it's all caps. So when I click on it and
you have the layer selected, you see that it turns
into cups for you. And if you want
to bring it back, you can just click on it to
send it back to Smokies. Okay, so uppercase Smokies. Alright, so these small tips, and we would dive
more into that later. Okay, so I'll have
it please here. You already know how
to use the move tool. Just click and move it around. Then from here you are
going to add this took, you see we have some tools. Can we have some blue here? So with this one
or p, good ethics? And then we are
going to start with. Stroke. So you see here. So when you open your layer
style with a stroke selected, you see that the stroke
properties comes out and then it applies. The last effect that you did, the last effect that I did, the size was 20 deposition
or outside of k. And this was normal. And then the color, you can copy this code. So you see these cold
limb copy this code. Just right-click on it and
copy we are going to use later you to please, you can copy this 1f74 65. You click on OK key. This is how you can
use this to look. And you can also make it big as you want and small as you want. You can change
this one's inside. So please you can just come and experiment with
your own on your own. So you'd know
everything do here. And you can also change
the color here so you can select any
color that you want. So this is the
correct one to use. And then from me Let's come
and click on the outer glute. Outer glow. You see we
have already used this so they shouldn't
be anything else. So with the outer
glow, just change the color of this one, Control V to paste because
I copy the color code. So I'm using the same color. Cool, So I'll get
a similar effect. Then. I'll maintain the
setting screen, 100 per cent, soft, 14, 200, so you copy
the same settings and boom, click on OK, each asset changes. And also one more last thing, we'll conclude on this. So to make sure you align
this one to the center, you go to select and
select Everything's. So you can see we have this selection outline on
the whole canvas, okay? It means that it has
selected the whole Canvas. So when you own
the move to here, you will have these properties. So when you are on different to like you are on the ship to, you will not have that property. You see that the options change, okay, So make sure
you're on the move to. And then we can align
this one to the center. When you key relate, you come to select and deselect. This one is at the center. Now, then you want
to save your work. Okay, so let me show you
two ways to save your work. You want to see
one as a PSD file, which means you can come back, open it and work and
maybe change the taste, remove the alien,
different stuff. So to do that, go to File, Save, and then we are going
to name the documents. So let's say we fight for good. And you see, I already
have we fight for goods. So let's say five of good too. Okay, So we have 54, good too. Then you choose a location, you want to save it and
you click on See this way. When I closed. So you wait for it to finish, saving, you see it?
It has finished. So when I click on
Close and I come here to where I save it to see
that we have the PSD file. Double-click on it to open. When it means you are
going to have assets to change anything that you want
to change on the design. So that is the reason why you must save your
work as a PSD file. So we see it is editable. And also you might also
want to see one for social media to send some
on what's up that Italy, right now, I can use Photoshop. You see what I was able to come out with or you want
to post your work. So how do you see that
one to go to File, and then you can choose
Save As or Save as a copy. So if you're using
an older version, like maybe two in-betweens, 2-1, you have to click on Save As, and then you are going
to get these options. But if you are using an
earlier version, I am. The C virus will not work for
you how to save as a copy. And then when you come to the Save As Type
and you open it, you're going to see
jetpack, alright, choose the location,
want to save it to include key or save. Then we can save our
other teammates. And also we can
increase the maximum. We can increase the quality to maximum or minimum to maximum. And you see the size
of the image is six. So when I reduce
it to maybe seven, Let's see the size 1.7. So if you are going to print it, then I recommend you save in it maximum so that you are going to have
the whole quality. But for social media or for
sharing on social media, 786, like this, we
get our COO or k, and you choose standard for here and you click on Alt key. Then you see that all
you notice that it is saving down here to afterwards. When you go back to
pair, you see V2. You are going to see it here. Then for me you can
copy this one on your phone, on your tablet, iPad, and then share with your friends or k. Does
it for this video. See you in the next one. Okay.
9. Part 9. How to add shape to your Artwork: Alright, welcome back. Now that we know a
little bit about test, Let's look at how
shapes work and nodes that shapes are very
important in graphic design. Okay, So we're going
to look at how ships were in graphic
design, okay? So the first important
thing to know is to locate where you
can find these shapes to. So here are the two
diarrhea using InDesign. And when you come
all the way down, you're going to see
this little guy here that is the rectangle, two nodes that we have these
little arrows going down. That means there's
something potentially live in this ONE right-clicked
up, please go, going to see that we have
other shapes as well are other tools that are
living in this area. Okay, So we have
the ellipse tool, we have the triangle
to the polygon, to the line to arise
with all these tools are there to help you
in your productivity. If you are using an
older version like 2021, 2018, CS6, you are going to see you have a
rounded, rectangular too. Okay, but if you are
using the latest version, like I am 22 into two, you are going to see clearly
the rectangle tool with added rounded
rectangular to because they have impulse or the
futures in the rounded rectangular to in
this rectangle two. Okay? So I'll click my rectangle tool, or if you want to select
the ellipse tool, you just come and click it here. Okay, so let's open our main canvas that
we are working on. And I hope you have been able to walk yourself through
out this point. Alright, so let's
let the rectangle to hear and radar selected
to make a shape. In Photoshop. First of all, you need to note the color that you want to feel
the sheep breed. And also note that you want
make a sheep or do you, or do you want to make a path of pixels with the
rectangle tool selected? The first thing that you must
be concerned about this, what do you want to make to make shape or do you want
to make a path? So let's try part because
we are not going to make path now when you
click and drag. So when you want to make
a shape or a path in Photoshop with a tool selected, you click and drag. And then when you leave
it is going to show this is path in Photoshop, okay? And also less choose shape here. So when I click and
drag at the same time, you see that it
comes with a path and that path is being
filled with a color. Okay? So this one, the difference between
the path and the CPA, that shape is a path with a color and a path is
just a line with no fill. Okay? So here, are
they different? In other words, you need to
know before you draw a sheep is that you need
to check the fill. You want to use n,
as I said earlier, you need to select here
you have an options at the top here to change it to whatever you want
to change it to. So we have looked at the shape. So let's go to fail. So the few, when you click here, it will give you an option
to change your color. We have samples here. You can open the RGB and you
select an RGB color CMYK. And also you can click
on this little guy here. And it is called a color picker. So when you click on it, it opens this
dialog box for you, which you can click
and select your color. Okay? Alright, so let take
this opportunity to discuss a little bit
about color key. So the first prototype
that I want to show you is that when you open your
color picker to light, this will let me go again. Click to open my color picker. And when you come outside
the color picker, and you can also see
that it turns into and I dropped to three CDs two is automatically
selected for you. You see, I drove back to okay. So let me go again, see my film and then I'll
select the color picker. I see. When I'm here, I am. It will just select
any color that I want. But when I come outside, the color picker field
or the spectrum, we see that the color, the eyedropper to
being selected for me so that I can sample a
color I just outside this. And you already know that we have practice. These are key. And also another tip that I
want to see is that we have different types of colors
here we have the HSB, hue saturation and brightness. Okay, So when you have
the hue selected, you see that it
changes the values of the hues we saw changing
when I click and drag, the values are changing, okay? And also the saturation is how much color do you want
in your design school? And I click to move. Here you see that the
saturation is changing. Okay, So you see the saturation, so it's changing the amount of current that you
want in the design. That is the saturation tool. You click and go here. And also this one is
the brightness of k. And the brightness,
how much brightness or darker you want your design. So you see here that
when you click and drag, it moves to the right
area of any calm down, It goes back to
the darkest area. And the same thing applies
to the saturation of k. Then we also
have the RGB color. So if you are working
with some company, the mind's already
have had the color and they will give it
to you in RGB mode. Maybe, let's see 15020, And let's see 60. So when you select
these figures, It's going to select that
particular color for you. And also some people
who will give you color code just like this. 961, 43c. Okay. So when you
type in that regard, it is going to give
you the current. So let me just type in figures and see the
color them we do have. And you can see that I have
this color now from here, any color that you
want to select, you can select that color here. So let's pick black for now. So I'll click and drag
to the blood and notes that color black
is zero true out, and height is f out. Okay? All right, well, let black
now and I'll click on, Okay, or you can also select
the colors from here. If you have the option here, you can click on the move
to hide that area back. Then also when you look
at this from the field, we can see stroke. So stroke. I think we have already looked
at stroke that we use to manage to get
around this test. Okay, So the stroke around
the shape two is here. You can also apply
the same stroke here. That's why I told you that
Photoshop allows you to apply different thing to
achieve the same results. So let's say we want x2. So you can click here
and you select a color, just like the council
can select a color or sample a color outside
Photoshop from your Canvas. Okay, so let's see, we have some point its color
and now click on, Okay. So the colonies are some
port or the card I selected. And we can increase the amount
of pixels that we want to show around the edges of the shape that we're
going to draw. So let's see five pixels. Then. We can also change
from either a line, either a straight line
or a dashed line, or two dot, dot keys or any of them that you
would like to select. So let's select a line for now. When we click and drag, we're going to get
a feel of black. Let me click on the Move tool, select outside so we
are going to see, so let me zoom in for
you to see where we are. So to zoom in, Misha, you have your zoom to
selected so many convey, see nest Today, Hunt. Okay. Then when we
click and drag, you see that it zooms in
and you can see we have this tube just add a stroke
is lateral so we can go back, select the shape to
make sure we have the shape selected
to activate it. And you can change
the figure to, let's say, ten pixels. And you can see it is
now becoming bigger. Double-click on the handle here to fit
everything to screen. We have our shape now
with a fill and also red. Let's talk of K. And
one pro tip that I would like to show you is
that when you come here, you see that we have this
layer name rectangle, one that is a shame
that we have here. So when I click on
this eye is the, it goes off and it comes back. Okay. So we want to
change the color. You don't have to
always go to the app. Again, we can double-click
on this thumbnail. So any police here, we can double-click here. And then we can select
the color from here. Let's say we wanted to
change it to yellow. Then you click on, Okay. So does it how to apply
fill stroke on the shape? Then also we can click
on the Move to and use these angles to increase the
size of the sheet, okay? If you don't have this
bounding box around this, you can always go to Edit and
select the Free Transform. To end the shortcut
is Control C, Okay? So when you select that, it brings the bounding box, which means you can
click and drag. Then also easy that
when I drag from here, it is dragging everything
in proportion. If you are using
an older version, you are going to get
the same effect. You have to hold down the
Shift key and you'll be fine. So in my case, I want to
drag only the horizontal, not affecting the vertical. I have to go down the Shift key, click and drag to displays, click and drag to display. And I can also hold down the Shift key and click and
drag this one down here. And I can use the move to
move this one around here. And you see that we
just cover the test. Why? Because this layer, this
layer is on top of the tests. We have the layer here
and you have a tasty. So in order to have
the opposite side, we have to click
and drag this text above the shape layer. So if something is on top and it is covering
the whole thing, then we're not going to
be able to see through. Another way to
make UC true or C, The taste is to reduce, either add a fill
or the opacity. We have learned
about the opacity. So let's also talk about a fill, the, fill, the fill in the box. Okay, so we want to reduce this. So let's see, reduce it to 25. You see we have, you
can see to reshape. Ok. We can see the floor. You can see the test. Okay. Because we have
the Fill reduced. So we can also send
this one back. So when you click, send
this back to the 100%. So to move this one, beneath, that is all you need
to do is to click, hold and drag and you see that blue sheet where
you can place that. Okay, so let me leave it. And you see that swap. So the ship comes down and
the test comes on top. All right, so let's
reduce the filter. Let's see 50 per cent. We can just type in 50 per
cent and you'll be fine. Okay, so we can see
through what's going on. And let's see, we want
to change the color. So let's say we want to change the color and make a
sample color here. So let's do that. And there we have it. Boom. And also this one is too long. Let me reduce the size a bit. And I would like to maintain
a black car for this, I'll double-click on it
and change the color. Just like this. And also how do you also change
the stroke on the shape? So we have this light
blue on the shade. So how do we change
that? First thing? You need to make sure
you have the shape selected to make
sure it is selected. And then when you come to
the 2s and you click on it, you are going to have
access to the options. You don't have to necessarily be on the right-hand
goods through. But any of the tools, it is going to open
this option for us. And we can change the
fill of this tube, right? And also change the
size to maybe eight. And you click on the move to
click on that asset changes. Let me click on my canvas
and see what is going on. So we have a black fill and also we have reduced
the opacity of that. Alright? So in the first
example that I show, you can see we have this
shape going around. We have this rounded shape
going around the rectangle. So how do we apply
this same thing here? Is the little easy. But if you are using
the older version like the CSAs video shape selected, when you come all the
way up here you can see this roundish shape on top here. That means when we type
in figure like 100, you can see it was zero. So I have increased
it to hundreds. When I click and drag, you see it comes out
with a rounded shape. Or because increase the size. So if you're using CS6, then this is what
you have to do. So you can increase it
to maybe 200, okay? And you see how smooth
the rounded is. And I think they have a certain
point that it can reach. So I think it is thousand
or so. So let's see. You can even go as
much as thousand. So you have all the and
also to delete Sunday, just click on the Delete and Michelle have
the layer selected. And also if you are
using CC 2015, 2018, 2017, you will have access to the rounded
rectangle tool here. And you can use that
to also drawn back. Alright, so if you are using
the latest version I 2022, Then we are going to have
access to the rounded one. But what we can do is
that 3D shape selected. Then go to Window and Misha, you have property check. It is going to open somewhere
on the document for us. They went I screw all
the way down from here. We're going to see the
effect that we applied, all the settings that we apply, ACS or we can change
this to Cara. We can also change
the fill color. Okay. So let's say we want to go
for this color, for the fill. So we can see, we can
do this thing in here. Let me maintain the black
and white on the edges. And one more thing
that I want us to know is that when you are here, then you have access
to this corner radius. Okay, so when I click
and drag these guys, it is going to corner
dishes for me. See, now you can see
it's maintained into a rounded shape like
a rounded rectangle. So you can set it to zero. This is what you are going
to get when you increase it. This is how we are going to get. Anyhow you want it, you can set that and boom, you will get the effect. Okay, so let's see. Maybe I want to
corner only one side, so I have zero here. You see when I change one
side effect or the size, or because we have the linked together videos activate that too when I
deactivated by clicking on it. So you see it is
now deactivated. Let me link it again. You see it is now
a link, so DATEV. And then when I
click and drag once, I can see that it is only
writing only one side, you can see it didn't affect
all the sizes because it is only one side that I dragged and it is
not linked together. And let's see, let me do
the same thing for here. So when I click this guy, you can see I'm only
changing one side. Okay? So this, we can create these nice rounded rectangle
in Photoshop, okay. And also let me undo this. So let me check, let me make sure this one is
check and set this one to k. So if you are using
the latest version, the 2022 that I'm talking about, when you have the
shape selected, zoom out like this. We're not going to see
anything but when you zoom in, so you can click on
this little guy here and you can click to zoom in. So where is it? Let me
zoom in for you to see. So I'll have my shape selected. And you can see I have
this little guy says, oh, and I can close it there. Oh, we have this rounded
shape that comes near to it. Okay, So that means
when I click and drag, it is also going to have mean
round that baby is okay. And also if we want to
affect only one side, we can double-click
and move that point. And it is going to
affect that area. So let me do the same thing. Control or to fit
everything to screen. And let's see, I want
affects early this area. I'll double-click and drag
to affect that area only. Alright, control or to fit
everything into screen. So this is how you can use
shapes, fill in Photoshop. So let's see, you want to use the Ellipse Tool
to draw a circle. So with that selected, you can click and
draw your circle. But one thing that
you need to note that when you click and drag it, just draw without
any shading control. So if you hold down the Shift
key and click and drag, you see it comes out, well, it is now in proportion
and we have a nice shape. We have a nice segue or k. Otherwise, if want to freely draw something
that you want, like egg, then you can go send the idea
is to draw it out. Alright? And also,
when you draw a shape, we can come here and
you can turn it around. Maybe if you would
like to do that. So I'll leave you and you
prices on your own, okay, so make sure you
practice on your own to get these later effect. And also maybe if you are doing something and you wanted
to add arrows to eight, then when you come
to your shapes, you are going to
see custom shapes. Custom shapes tool when you
click on the custom shape to, it is going to open these
shapes at the top here for you. So earlier we have
discussed about this. So let's also look at this one. Okay? So this guy here, when I click this, it is going to
open all the thing that I have here for dummies. If I click this, it is going to
span dad's gloves. A span. And let's see. I want this wild
animal in Photoshop, so I'll click on that. And then when I
come in Photoshop, I'll just click and drag. Then I can hold
down the Shift key to keep it in proportion. And then boom, you see it is applying the last
setting that we did. It can reach true. So we see we have
stroke here. Is this. Alright? So you see it Cambridge
to look and feel. And we can change
the fill color here, double-click any
selective color. And also we can
remove this tool by clicking here and
select no color. And boom, there we have it. Okay? So when you have your
custom shapes like that, you have access
to many costumes. She's here. You have the assets of
boards and many star. And also you also get this
legacy shapes and more. But maybe you might not have
this legacy shapes and more. So how do you bring
that on board? Okay, so first of all, you need to go to Window and make sure you have
your shapes activated. So this is it, I'll click on
that will be the shapes and it will be in some
way here from then when I click on this
little guy here, it opens this new dialog box and it shows me legacy
shapes and more. So when I click on that, you see it adds one more
legacy shapes and more. So let me do it
again for you to see legacy shapes and more
and you see it at that. Okay? So I can click
on that and delete it. Click on this and delete it, because I already
have some here. So I'll click on this and
delete it if it is too many. So when you open your
legacy shapes and more, you are going to
see 2019 shapes. And you're going to see
our legacy default shape. So click on here to p. And here you are
going to have access to legacy default shifts. And you are going to find
nice cool, cool effects here. We can increase this little
guy here to make it big. We can reduce this one. You see it is large thumbnail, so let's make it
small thumbnail. We are going to have
access to many things. It cannot be arrows. We can add our design, so I'll just click on it. Come outside to this type of food to show
us how to select. And you can click and drag
and bring this one outside, and then you give
it a fill color. Okay. So let's see, let's
give it a white fill. And boom, there we have it. So let's go back again. This is this here. I'll click on it to open. And then let's see, I want this little guy here. I'll click and drag and bring
this one into Photoshop. And then I'll change
that fill color. I want to change that few here. But you see for the shop
is not allowing me to go to because I have
this one check, so I have to click on Commit transforms before
I can move forward. So let me change this one to y. Then we can delete the shapes. Okay? And I can, let's move this guy around
and also reduce its size. Then I can use the arrow keys to help me position
it where I want. When you are done, you can
click one, asset changes. And also we can reduce
the fill of this line. So let's see, 50 per cent. There we have a 50
per cent and it is 50% fill in 50% of peak, right? So this is how
shapes in Photoshop.
10. Part 10. How to use Shapes : Alright, welcome back. In this next section of Adobe Photoshop
essentials course, you are going to
explore more 3D shapes to earlier we explore more
with the right-hand, good too. We use it to draw some rectangle in our artwork that
we did previously. So in this section, we are going to look at
how to use shapes to create some awesome outline. Light days, three days, ellipse or circle, ring
in this little sun. And other amazing thing that you can do receive two, right? Okay, so first of all, we're going to create
a new document, okay, so first of all, go to File, then I
will select New. You can also click on Control
N to create a new document. And we're going to use
US letter, paper size. If you don't have it here, you can go to Print
and you're going to find it somewhere on
this dialogue box. And then click on Create. A new contract is going to be
looking just like this for you and make sure you are
on the move to, okay. So we have nothing selected. Alright, so if you
can see from here, we started with a background. Do we have a bargain over here? Immediately, we will
pick any Canvas or any other committee comes
with a white background. So how do we create our own? Okay, so it's a greater
bargaining are going to add an adjustment layer. So you can see this one here. Okay, so click on it. And then you're going to have these many options that you can use it to
create many things. But we are looking at the
solid color over here. Click on it. And Boom, photoshop is going to select the last color that
I did select from there. And then you can choose
any color from here. You can use the hue here
to change the colors. And it can go up here for a lighter color or down
here for a dark color key. And if you have a decimal code, you can type it in. If you have the RGB to, you can also do it here. Alright, so I'll
select them like this and click on. Okay. Then from here we have
our backbone with the fill color adjustment
layer with the fill color. If you want to change
the color, no worries. Oh, you need to do is
to double-click on this thumbnail to open
the color picker. Then we can select
a different fill. Next, we are going to
look at how to create this rectangle with no fill. Okay? So when we come here and you select
the rectangle tool, and then we start to draw. Just like these,
you see that it's automatically filled
with a fill color, but maybe you don't want that. So how are you going to achieve
the results that we have? Okay? So to do that is very simple. Let me click and drag this
one over here to delete it, then read my rectangle
to select it. If you select any of
the shapes to you. Remember earlier, we talk
about the options to here to help you further fine-tune
horse you are doing. Okay? So this oxygen is
two is going to help you either come out with a fill. So you see this one, field us what to draw and
you get a color inside. And then we also have
a stroke over here. So we can see that
there's two was selected with no
stroke, no fill color. So we can do the same thing with a fill color whereby
we select no color. Then draw with a rectangle. You see that it draws, but I don't have any
fill color within it. So let me hide this one for
you to see see anything. So let me hide this one too. You can see we don't
have any field. Alright, so undo. Then when I come here and then I'll select the
stroke and select, let's say black and also
immediately easy the last shape. So let me turn on the eyes. I can see my embargo. Alright, so from here you can see that the shape that I drew, I haven't deleted it. So you can see it
applied this to connect. Okay, so let's start everything. I'll click and drag
this onto the beam and then select my rectangle to. Then when I come here, I'll make sure I have
a color for my stroke. So let's see black or let
me use this dark red. Dark red. Also, you have to define the amount of
stroke that you want. So if I set this one to
zero and I click and drag, you'll see our low
hub, NH true to. Let me go back again
and see two pixels. So click and drag,
and you'll see, so let me click outside for
you to see that we have static getting this
tiny amount of stroke. Okay? Since you have drawn it, you can select the LEA, okay, so anytime that you
are doing something, make sure you have
Layer selected. And by the way, if
you are mixed up your layers or your
pioneers on your screen, just go back to window. Remember we created a workspace. Just reset that knee, reset, pass a loop and Hula, it takes me back to my
professor that I created. Okay, so let's do this again by increasing
the value for the, make sure you have your
rectangle to select. And let's see, let me
increase this one to ten. And when I click and drag, just like this, I want to
feel some part of the canvas. Alright, so as the
value increases, then our stroke also increases. Our outline also increases
so I can select it again, select my shapes too, and then I'll have the options
back on top here for me. Then let's see, let
me increase this too, because I want it big. Or let me maintain
two into five pixels. Alright? So it is going to be
where we have here. Okay? Then if you wanted to
see what you have done, you can select your move to
click on outside and boom. You can see what you
have done over here. Control 0 to fit
everything into screen. And also let me give
you one pro tip. When you have something in
Photoshop just like this, and you want to align it, there's no a beginner's tip. There's a productive, so
make sure you keep it well. So make sure you have
your layer selected. You want it to be at the
center selected layer. Go to Select and select all. Then when you select 0, you have these outlines dotted
going around your Canvas. And when you own your
moved to you can see we have these alliances
at the top over here. Okay? So when I click on this, it's going to align
to the center for me. And when I click on this one too is going to outline for me. So let me undo and let me
show you how it works. So let's see, I have
this one here, here. Then select, Select All. Then when you're on
the move to end, you click on this, it aligned to the center, and then click on it again. It's aligned vertically and horizontally for you. Alright? Then when you are done
with the alignment, go back to Select and
then make sure you click on de-select to
move the selection. Otherwise, when you
work is not going to come through unless
you make sure it is, the selection is gone. Okay? So we have this one line here. Alright, so let's see
if you come here, you can see that I have
this please. Rounded. Okay. How did I do that? How can you achieve the
same thing with yours? So make sure you have
your layer selected. So I'll come here, my layer is selected
and then go to Window and select your
Properties panel, radio properties panel selected. I think we have already done this one in the previous video, but since we are
looking at shapes, I have to go back
and redo it again. Then make sure you click
and drag to expand it. Then you have these down here. Okay, So this is the
corner radius property. They are going to use
it to get that effect. So you see this one is link, and when I click and drag a
K I into a figure like 100, you see it affects
all the other places and you see the places
are now rounded. What about if I want to
affect early this part, but it's not affect days
and the days. Okay? So select my
rectangle tool again. And then for that, I'll have to check this. Okay, so I'll click
on it when ticket, then I'll set this one to 100 and the rest to zero pixels. Okay, So I'm just
typing in zero. And boom. You can see from here
that we have the effect that we're looking for
here is thrown by. Here is not here, it's
not here, it's not. So let me open my
procreate is again. And we can do two parts
that we can even do. Whatever I want to do here. You have full control to do what you wish to do
over here, okay? Then your property panel also, you can change the size
to maybe let's see, I want and also you can change
the fill color over here. Change the fill color
to whatever they want. So maybe white, yellow, red. So let's see why it, or you can use your
color picker to select any color in your mind
you would like to use. And boom, you see the properties panel
help you to achieve. Results that we are using
the oxygens or the top here. So the property sheet is
something that footage have include in the recent
updates on the app. So make sure you use
the property panel a lot because it contains
everything that you need. You don't have to
switch between panels. You can stay at one place and
be applying or your fate. Okay? Alright, so we have
done this one's too, Let's see how to bring
in the other sheets. We have looked at
the rectangle tool, plague and who then open up the cheese and you see we
have the elifs heap, okay? So we have the ellipse and
we have the right tango, the polygon to an asset draw. So let's aspiring to the
left to the ellipse. When we click and drag, you can see we can draw a grid. We can draw a circle with eight, whatever they want to draw. And you can also
hold down the Shift key to draw it in proportion. And then when you give
it a size, you live it. And again, boom, you can see we don't have many feel
very heavy stroke. So you can determine
what you want to get at the end before you
can start drawing. Okay, so let me undo. And then I will select, I don't want any stroke but I wanted to feel
kinda, So let's see. I want yellow. Then I'll click and drag, hold down the Shift key
to get it in proportion. Then when you okay
with the results, you come back to your Move to click and drag to the
place you want it to be. You can see from here
that the circle is, we need the outline. Why do we have an
opposite section here? Why? Because this come back
to the layer management, okay, so we have to know
how to manage your layers. So to have this
one, the right we, all we need to do
is to click and drag this all the way down. And you see we have the
rectangle on top down, our line, and we have
this one beneath it. We have been able
to manage our list. Then I'm going to
make a duplicate. To make a duplicate, you can right-click on
it and you will see make a duplicate on the list click, you can give it a name. Click on, Okay. Then you can move it video moved to position it
wherever you want. Also, another quick way or pro
tip to make a duplicate is to hold down the Shift key
or Option on your keyboard. Then you see a black
originally the right one or a right outer
join is the black one. You click and drag to
make their duplicity. You see this is very
easy and quick way to make a duplicate. Just hold on the Alt key or Option key on the
Mac click and drag, make your duplicate
that on your move tool. You can also move it
wherever you want. It's okay. You can see as we add
an app more shapes, our layers also keep
increasing, okay? Alright, so everything
that we are going to idea is going to appear here. So that's why I have
lived a very long speech for my layers so that I
will know what is going on. So I can also manage them
according to my preference or according to how I want
to see my ideas, okay? Therefore, here you
can see that we have these animals on age. We can also use the shapes
to create this one. So let's go back and
come all the way down. You can see we have
this triangle. So it's just basically
used to draw a triangle. So you click and drag
to draw a triangle. You can hold down the
Shift key to keep it in proportion and boom, it, apply the last color. Another protein that
will give me is that when you double-click on
your layer thumbnail, it opens up the color picker
for you to select a color. So let's see, I want green or I own these light blue, okay? Select that. Okay. Then also let me change
the colors of this one to double-click on
the layer thumbnail. Then I'm going to
select the farther it. I'll do the same thing here. And then let me
select, read a k. Then go back to your Move to precision in this
somewhere here. Alright, so let's look at another tool that we
can explore also. Let's also look at a polygon. To the polygon tool is a tool that we used to do
a shape which is not SAQ or which is
not a rectangle. Triangle, okay, so
when you draw it out, you see it gives you
something weird. So we have controlled by it. Like I said earlier, any two that you
select from here, you have options at
the top here, okay? To control it. How about whatever we
would like to use it? You have the option to come
into elite with a polygon to know we can change
the size of our polygon. So we can change this
one to maybe five. And then we click and
drag to draw our shape. Okay? Then you can see we are
getting this thing. We're not getting the polygon because I have
made some changes. So let me go back and see
this supposed to be 100%. Don't worry, we'll come back
to the Properties panel. I just want us to have the correct thing
that we need to get. Then we can also change this
one to, let's say eight. I think age is octagon or so. Then this supposed
to be hundred. Then boom, you are seeing, we're getting the
polygon to that we want so we can do 78. And also really a
polygon to know already that you select,
you forgot here. Then you can, you can also just click on a canvas and then
it says create a polygon. To create a polygon. There we can determine
the width, the size is. So if you know them, you
can just type them in. And you can also tie the
number of sizes we want. So let's see one thing here. Then we can determine
the corner radios. Maybe do you want it a
corner or we don't want. We can also determine
it as a star. So if we maintain hundred nano going to
get this tight fit, and you can also decide
to draw from the center. Hello click. Boom. You see we get the same effect. So polygon selected, click, then, let's make a
start to make a star. Let me change this
one to 50. Blake. Boom, you see these dots to
get a style sheet, okay? Alright, then also we can use the same polygon to
create a nice shift. So with my polygon
tool selected, if I click and then let's see. So if I maintain their weight, 900 pixels, height, 900 pixels, who I get it perfect polygon. And then I increase the
size of this one to 40, 50 and maintain the
star, maybe 90. And then I'll click on. Okay, let's see the further
we are going to get. Let me change the fill color. And then you see we have created this frame here that we
can use for our advocates, for k. So we can use this
one to control it, okay? To have more weight. There are tons of
things that you can do with a polygon two, okay? And we can also
reduce the percentage to create that fades or the sun. We do use this. You see, we are getting
that nice effect. Okay? So let me delete these
shapes and this is how you can blow more related
polygon to our EDU, giving you some time to practice all the way
to this, please. Okay, then also let's look at other shapes other than
what we have here. So we have explored
or this and you know, line to line two adjacent
line that I draw a line. So let's look at the costume
to costume shifts too. We have some sheep that
are not part of these, but they have
customize it already. You can see this anymore here. So when we open this one and
we come up all the way here, you can see we have this arrow. And then when you open it, we are going to have some default custom shapes
photoshop have for you. When you come right up here, you're going to have
some default sheets that footage of
the store for you. Okay? So all that you need to do is to click on this arrow to expand it and explore
what it is in the leaves. We have the boot. Okay, so let's start
with the boats. So I'll just select
this and you'll see footage of pick
it up for me here. So when I click and draw, hold down the Shift key
to keep it in proportion, you see, it just applies for me. So I can go up again.
And let's see. Let me draw this
elephant, click and drag. And also to change
the fill color, you can come here, double-click on it, and then select the color you
would like to use. Okay, Again, when I
go up and let's see, I want to bring in some tree, some fun with that selected. I can also define
my color, okay? Then when I click and drag, hold down the Shift key. And you see boom, it applies for me, okay. Where you don't feel
the vibe of the color. You can always come here and select the color
you like to use. I'm going to add a couple of the mouse costume to
select the column up here. Then let's select maybe
lead to Congo room. Oh, let's do lie on. Okay, click, drag, and boom. We have our lion and Lyle. Let's give it a yellow fill. Then we can go back to the move to position
this one here. Let me increase
the size of this. Just click on it and click on the bounding
both increase it. I'll make this one a bit slow. If you are using an older
version of Photoshop, just hold down the Shift key. Otherwise we'd be
fine if you are using to institutions to, when you are scaling something, you don't have to hold the
Shift key automatically, host up for you. So I'll click and
drag this one here. You reduce this one a bit. Then my lion, come here, be the size of the ellipse and positioning
my line over here, change the color of
this wherever you want. So this is pretty much it. How are you going to explore
really shifts to okay. And let me teach you
one pro tip here. You know, Photoshop
had some sheaves arts. We love using it. Okay. And if you are using a
newer version of Photoshop, you might know have them okay, dishes that we have here. You see, you can see that most people use it in
the design and lots. You can see something
like some of your designs or designs that you may have come across them. So you might also want
to try the same thing. But when you come, when you select a custom shapes through an income artery here, you can find it. Or you can see is the
leaves, the flowers. So to have that
one, first of all, go to Windows and then make
sure you have shapes selected is going to open the
shift to somebody on the Canvas for me,
just like this. Then I can click on
here to expand it. Okay, Then let's see, I already have this one, so let me delete it. I don't want it leads to bring in the
legacy shifts and more. All you need to do is to come
to this little guy here, click on it and you will
see legacy shapes and more. Click on it and boom, you see for the shop, just append it and once
you did, it sticks. Okay. So when I open this
and let's see, oh look, I see shifts and more. And I come all the
way to the web. Okay, let's see the towels. Then you are going to
get these futures. And when you click and drag, when you selected
is activated now, then we can reduce
the size and position is somewhere and also change
the fill color if you like. Okay. So I will leave
you, please prices. The shift to the next
thing that we are going to look at is type, okay.
11. Part 11. Working with Type in Photoshop: Alright, welcome back. In this next section we're
going to dive more into type. We have already
looked into Thai, but I would like us to dive more into that because you are
going to use type a lot. And then after you will look
at color and gradient, okay? So you are going to
look at how to come up with DC we have on
this canvas, Okay? Then after hours, you
also look at how to manipulate some of the
hidden tapes in types. Okay, so let's start by
creating a new canvas. I'll go to File new arise. We are going to create a
postcard card in Photoshop, which I randomly DT
can also print it out so you can find the postcard and add an illustration
you are going to see postcard and then select it. Okay, Then I'll also
like to change this one to landscape instead
of portraits. And then be sure you leave all your settings are make sure you have all your settings, us as mine, especially
resolution and RGB color. You will get back to this later. Then click on Create. New Canvas. As usual is going to open in
Photoshop for us. Alright, so then we are going
to create the same thing. So first of all, let's
go and bring in our bag. Okay, So initiate check out the resource file so you
get the same backgrounds. So I'll click and drag this
one into Photoshop nested. We can click on
the move to here, or we can come up here
and click on this. Okay? So you will click on
this asset changes. Then from here we can also scale this one a bit up
or we can leave it, but I liked the way it looks, so I'll leave it and
click back on this one. Oh, you can just click on here. Okay? Alright. And also if you want
to scale this one up, or you need to do is to
click on this bounding box. If you don't have
this bounding box, is because maybe you don't have the Show Transform Controls going checks or if
you have it lightest, we are now going to have it. Unless you make sure
the layer is selected, then you can go to Edit and
you will see Free Transform. So we can click on it and
shortcut is Control T to have this bounding box for ECBC
and work or follow me, just make sure you have the
Free Transform Controls CEC, then you will be free. Okay? What did we do here? So let's start with
this one before we can today's big head here, k is going to be a little tough, but we are going to
walk ourselves through. So we have already looked at
how to come out with shapes. We're going to create
this nine sheet with the help of
the rectangle too. Okay, So here is it. I'll click on that. Then I'll click
and drag to draw. This type of shape
is a rectangle. Boom, I have my Properties
panel are popping up. If you don't have it, just go to Window and
click on Properties. Then from here, I will
double-click on this thumbnail over here so you can see the white outline
on the thumbnail. It means it's active. Double-click on it to go up
in the color picker for us. Then immediately I
started to come outside. You see my eyedropper
to select it over here, okay, so I can make it samples. I want omega sample, this color. Click on that and boom, we have the sample. Then I'll click on Okay
to accept changes. Then let me click on this
double arrows to collapse. That's okay. Then from here and
go back to my move to click on aids school. If I would like to move this
one around, I just do that. Okay, so what's our light to do next is to
reduce the opacity, to lead to reduce
the opacity to maybe you can just type in
the number you want. So that's good. 20%.
This is too small, so let's bump it up to
maybe 40 or let's see, 60% works, okay, So let
me intensity per cent. You can also type in your own
figured out ways for you. Alright? You can also use your own images that you like to work with. Right there for me, you see that we started with. Diabetes and taste. I think we have already
done a bit about type, but we are diving more
into that so we can just click on T on our keyboard
or come all the way here. And then select that. Then you have that
selected to type anything or you need to
do is to just click. And let's type this one. So we say saved the day. When you go out of that
document, when you come back, just make sure you
have your Type selected and when you
hover over it, it tastes. You see that it changes to this. You see when you are not on it, you see how the text is. The buret, the dots
bounding box around it. When I come close to the test, you see the bounding
box goes away. So I click Control a
to select everything. Then I can replace the
taste as C, the day. Okay? Then let's see ten z, x, x k. So we don't know the 88. Then if you want to also zoom in and zoom out
like I am doing, you can use this
simple thing here. You click to zoom out, you click to zoom in. And a simple shortcut is Control
or Command on a Mac too. Plus. You can use this thin
postcard control minus Control plus on a PC Command Minus command
plus to zoom in and zoom out. Alright, list, initially
have your deselected, okay? Then also we are going to reduce the size of this
one. So let's see. So all I'm using this font area. Area is a free font. If you don't have a
defined, just download it. And I think you might
have it on your machine to just type area and
boom, you have it. Okay. We have this
big seals day. This is also select my type two and then I'm going
to add that one to just, I mean, that day. Then from here the phone that I use this a little bit different. You might not have
it, but don't worry, you can just download
it on the Internet is a free font or are included
in the resource file. So when you download it, you can use that as well. So from here, I would like
to change this one from area and this is the front I'm going to use is
called after glue. Okay, So it is the font. I also like to
increase the size. I can just click from the small t to the big
T to increase the size. Okay? So just increase
it to the size in life. So I think tonight works
best for me, okay? Then also you can see I have
this tau on going on, okay? And you might not have
this going on around here. So how do you have that one too? You see that radio character to open your character panel, you can see we have this e.
So when you click on it, if your test has effect, it is going to bring
it out to this one. Having click on it so you
see the effect is gone. So it is a booty, any font that you download
that have this future, you are going to be
able to do that. So when I click on it, you see that this comes out, okay, so remove that little
guy, bring that later. Okay. Very cool, right? Yeah, Very cool. Okay, so it is a way to apply some styles to
your design so you can check out font ladies, and install it on your
machine and you are going to have fun using them, okay? Then also, you
notice that we have the test going on here. So how do we do the same thing? So video taste to select that, instead of just clicking
once and type me, instead we are going
to click and drag. So I'll click and drag to create this nice bounding shape that
is going to keep my taste, okay, So it is going to
encapsulate in that volume also. It is mean confined it. Alright, so let me change the
font from here to area and also reduce the size to maybe
two all. Let's say ten. Then. Is it I have this automatic
phone doc cam footage over which I can use it easily. Anytime that I gave
the correct font, I can bring that in
and replace that. Okay. So with this font, you see how I was able to move
it all the way from here. You can do that by
just clicking on Control on PC command on
the Mac and click and drag. See that when you are
on the test too easy, you have the test to show
up on that test area, buys immediately hood on
the Control or Command key, it turns into an hour, which means I can click and drag it to
wherever I want it. And then also control a
to select everything. Let me reduce the
size a bit to eight. Okay, click on Okay
to apply changes. Okay, let me come
back a little bit up. Alright? So let's say if you
don't have that destine, you want to apply the tensor
for the shock comes with it. So all you need to do
is to go up to type. Then you are going to see
this paste lowing epsilon. So I'm just going
to click on this. And you see photoshop is going
to feel that area for me. And you can also click and
drag with your mouse to define the point of area you
want to have your tastes. The same thing applies to here. Okay? Also change the
size of your test. Alright? I think I'm going
to leave it here. And also maybe tasty
are going to have it. So my space within it, maybe just like this. Okay. So maybe yours
might be light is okay. So how do you go
back or how do you get how much is looking? So control a to
select everything. And when you come here, you see the leading. So this is called the leading. So we are going to
set the leading, auto and Photoshop kind of align everything to how
it's supposed to be. And still, if you're not getting the effect that you
are looking for, you can still select it and then you type in the
figure that you want. So let's start with six C6. It gets too close. So we can continue using your keys on your keyboard
to bring in this spacing. Can you see maybe nine
works for me, then? Let me give you one pro tip. Normally, the size of your phone is the
size of your leading. So when you type in the size of your font in place
with your leading, you are going to get SP scene that you are going
to like, Okay, it's not all the
time that it works, but it really was amazing
for me sometimes. Okay. And also some things you might have seen people having a lot of space in between your test is 0 because the orthogonal
with the tracking, okay, So you can also
use the tracking to determine the amount of
space between each letter. Okay? So let me
maintain zero for now. And we will type that in the next section that
we're going to look at. Alright, so you can see we
are done with this one. It's just that we
didn't add the website, so you can do that yourself. Okay, then also, let's look at how to come up with
this stuff on board. Okay? So how do we
achieve the same thing? Having some will get this
wrapped up from the talk. Having some of them
wrap up for me. Alright. Okay, let's
see how to go about it. So the first one that I
would like you to know is that if you grab
your pen too, okay. This is not part of
what we're looking at, but it just came up. I just wanted to share with you. So if you grab your paint too, when you click, you see
we have many of the zoo. You can also use
the free transform. So maybe you don't know
how to use a pen tool. Let's try the free
transform into. And then you see
the settings here. So when you click on it, you see in the calf. So I think they care if it
goes up to ten places or so. But if you want to maintain like you are using a mouse
and when you drawn is, you are not going to
get a perfect line. Just increase this one
to maybe seven or six. Then come outside
and try to tie. You see, it is
not. Alright, bye. See, after hours,
boom for the job. Because of the settings that
we did here for digital, try to straighten
everything for us. So let's try to draw it again. Let me try my best to
get the best I can do. This is another best. Again, I'm using the mouse
who don't the ISO me. Okay. I know gates what
I'm looking for. One more time. This is so bad. Alright, so I have something like this
that I would like to use them from immediately
done during your line. Just move all the way
to your test tube. And boom, you see this is
the test that we have, but immediately we come close
to the line be drawn here. You see that we have this
laser guy going around, that line going inside. Okay? That means we can type over here where
you select this way, the text is going to select
two is going to start. So let's click here. So the test is going
to start from here. And let's say solo
moon projects. Okay, So my name is Solomon, thus I'm tightening
so the more you can also replace
your name with it. Then let's click on the move to an boom, wow, Amazing, right? Okay, so this is
just by the way, but let's look at the main thing that we
are trying to go back. But if you give the pain to
go with a pin two is going to be more easier because you just click and
make a point here, and just click to make
another point here. Select our tastes. And boom, we can just replace the test. Okay, So let me hide
this one and see, see this one is more aqueous. Now we're using the
free pen to a k. So I would have even gone for
days instead of what I use. By the way, let me delete this one and this is
what we are able to do. So let me turn it
on for you to see. Alright, so let's look at how
to go about this one, okay, so the first thing
that we need to do is to use the Ellipse tool, okay, so the lift twist
and other shapes. And you see how we are combining different shapes to achieve
a single objective. We are dealing with type and
you see what we're using. We're using an ellipse to, instead to achieve
what we want to get. How the type to look like. Okay, so with the
help of the type two, before we draw the sheep, do we actually want to shape? No. Let's go up here and change
this one to path. Okay? So when we click and draw, it is going to come out
as a path, not a shape. Okay? Alright, so you see
we have the puffy, okay? Alright, so when you're
done and the puff, it doesn't appear
at the layers tab, the path appears
or the path tab. Okay, so when I click here, you see we have the
path here is e, What path? This something scary. Know, or we would
dive into that, maybe in the advanced course. Okay? So really help
of the test too. When you select that
and you come close, you see this one. We're outside. We can type here. When it can be, we can
type on the path when we come inside we see this
one also changed, so easy. We have three things, outside, near the taste and
inside the power for k. So when I
click inside a path, maybe you might want
to do this on papers. You want maybe type something inside of your taste
just like this. And you can also center
this one on top. And boom, maybe
when you live it, you are going to
get some Fridays. Something could, or you
might wish to use maybe in your projects that you
are going to undertake. But this is not the
result we want for now. So with the help of the taste to wait to start from
here, okay, this point, select that and you see
immediately that is to start to come in the footage of
automatic tests to start com and we see we have brownish
use free living nationwide. Let's see how we
can go about it. So I'll replace that, select all and I'll type
in brown new shoes. Okay, then from here, I'll click on and move to Okay. Then I'll go to Edit and
select Free Transform, or you can just click on
Control E for free transform. And then let's rotate
this one area. Remember, we can hold down the Shift key to
rotate in degrees. So let me end here, click on this and
see what we have. Boom. You have a test on top. Okay. So how do you also do that? Cannot do the same thing
on the same layer. Okay, So this is
the layer that we added with the ellipse shape
and adding the test on it. So to achieve the
delivery nationwide, we have to duplicate the layer. And how do we
duplicate the layer? We have already talked about it. You can use Control J
to make a duplicate. You see the layers are too
now brand new shoe is two. Then we can just, let me delete this one. All. I can also click and drag this one to the plus
sign we have here. That one is also going to
make a duplicate for me. When you are okay with aids, we can click on Control
T for free transform. And then with the holding the shift key to keep
it in proportion. When you accumulate, you
click on Accept Changes. And boom, we have our
test upside down. This is what we are looking for. No, this is not what we
are looking for actually, but when we select Path
Selection Tool, okay, So video path selection to select that is another Today
we are learning, okay? We can kind of click and drag
and bring this one in size. So let me show you. So when I click and drag inside, boom, you see the results
that we're getting. Really amazing, right? Okay, so let's give
it another go onto. Then after that, there's two. After the T just come
all the way down, you will see Path Selection
to end our selection, to select the path
relation to the Hunicke. Can't we see that? We have the big arrow come close to the test and you
have these two arrows. One CONST a dime is you can click and bring this one inside. And you can also position is where you want
it to be your case. I want it to be
somewhere here. Live it. And then let's go back to our
tastes to please the test. Alright? So when you are key really to click on this, to
accept changes. And boom, this is
what we have now, anytime I see this
line is not agreed. Like the first one,
the idea here is it I, this one is a bit
more than this one. Okay, so what we can do
is that when you are using software like
Adobe Illustrator, it kind of gives you
more control on how you can go about
this up and down. Kind of logo design. We, Adobe Illustrator gives you more options that
you can do it easily, but Photoshop also do it. Well, it's okay, but it's not
like the Adobe Illustrator. All right, to achieve the result that we're
looking for control C, Let's go to Edit and
select Free Transform. Then let's kill this one a bit larger K sound
like this limit. And click on here. And you see that we're almost getting the result that
we're looking for. If it is too much, we can click on one Tutsi
and we do see it a bit. Okay? So if you want this, this way, okay, you
will get it that way. Okay, So let me increase it. Tiny bits. Click on, Okay. So I think this is okay, but what I would
like to do is to reduce the size of this one. Let's go for eight for that. Then let me also go for this. Normally if you want
to print it out and if he sees that the
text is too small, you can also increase the size to something
that satisfies your need or K. So you can get a small printer on
a budget, okay? So you can check
the printer before maybe take it out to do
the actual printing. Okay. This is what, now, what about days? 100% looking nice, gorgeous
funds we have inside. So we don't want to be
they taste to select that. I'll just click just at the center and type
in hundred percent. Click on the Move
to accept changes. And I can click on this bounding box to increase
the size of the font. I'm using the area font and
our lights to change this one from the Properties
panel to boot or black. Then also I can move this
one a bit down from here. How do we get these effects that we have here is pretty simple. All you need to do is
to go to Window and select the character to, okay? And when you select
the character tune, I think is not here. So how can we do to bring it? We can either select the test today we
have here and boom, you see that we have the
two over here. Okay? So create a walk test. All we can also come
to the type and we can see what tests are k. So there's couple of
ways you can bring this. Okay. So I'll click
on walk test and a dialog box is going to
open it for me and you see nothing happens because we
haven't selected a style. So let's open in that style. And boom, we see we have
plenty of styles here, so you can select the arc. You can change this onto
the lower and upper arc. You can choose i sh, shell and one for any
aspect fish, okay? And you can also
change the bend. You see how interesting it is. You can change the distortion. And notice that you can
make changes here and you select a different style. You see that it
changes to apply that. So how do we, how do we restate it back? Or we need to do is not
to click on the console, but hold on Alt on PC, see that it changes to
reset or Option on Mac. And you see that
it will change to reset and click on that. Then you are done. You see that it comes
back to normal or none. Then let's delete board. This is what I
would like to use, and then I would like to
increase this one a bit. Okay? So this is
what I want to use. When you accumulate,
you click on, Okay. Alright, So from
here you can see that we can see
what we have done here probably because the bag when the test is
contrasting to match, we have a little
bit of pi one year. The taste itself is also why. So what can we do to
separate data, okay, so we are going to also create a sort of shaped like this. So we're going to
use the Ellipse to remember we changed is
far from shape to pass. So we have to change
it back to shape. When we click and drag, hold down the Shift key
to keep it in proportion. Then we can change
this one and select this color or k. And you see, boom, everything is lost. Or because we have to manage our layers to our eyes
to click and bring this all the way down here to review everything
that we have done so far. Okay? Then I also like to reduce
the opacity to 60%. I think this one was 60. 60% will maintain 60%
for this one also. Let me zoom out, OK. So you see, this is what we did earlier and this is what we have been
able to achieve now. Alright, Very interesting. So unless you are going
to look at gradient, okay, how are you going
to make this one? Pop a bit, okay.
12. Part 12. How to use Gradient : Alright, welcome back. We are going to take, this
adds weight that we have done. Here are the way to woo. Wow, Very nice. Now going to create this
effect in Adobe Photoshop. All right, so let's
be back Today's k. So if you haven't done
it and you want to join us, please, I will leave a link
to download where we add, so you can join us to achieve
the same result, okay? Too. When you open this, the first thing that you need
to do is to select type 01. Okay, let me rename
this one as a TA. Then. What we're going
to do now is to either double-click here or
let's come to fx here. And then select
gradient 0 valley. You see that photoshop applies, the last big fan that you did. So the last event that I applied is hard for the sharpest
applying for me. When you clean your gradients, we are going to get
something like Norma year. And maybe this one too is going to be on
one of the basic, okay, then going to basically
have something like this. So all you need
to do first is to make sure you have your
opacity hundred percent. Then open this in. Photoshop already
have some presets, preset, gradient editor presets. And when you open a geography, we able to change to one
or Photoshop Presets, school blues, a lot of presets. You can also add your own. If you add your own, you can also see weight to it or anytime that you
can't use it. Okay? So purples. So there are a ton of
preset of gradient that is going to help you speed
up your work, okay? Alright? So gradient is actually one that is going to be melting
into another color. Okay, So you see that we have
this light blue node in, into this deep blue. You might want to
move this one a bit so that you can
see what is going on. So you can pick one from
the prostate and use it. Okay. Then if you want to
assume a date or change, then we have this stops here. So we have this top
in this top here. Click on this top, the color openings here for you. So you can either double-click
here to open that, or you can click here
to open the color, then you can change
it to, let's see, let me make it more blues two, instead of the light one, you make it more blues. And let me bring this up at D. Then also you can
change this one, so click on that. Stop the color. Maybe I'll move this one
a bit towards the red. Okay. So I want some ideas, okay, then also you can see
this little diamond here. The diamond will help you to put which of the
gradient you want more. You want more of the
race down the sea blues are due on more of the
sea blues down the rates, okay, then also you can
also type in 50 per cent. So these are the middle. You see there are
a ton of control. You have over here. So you have control about almost everything. And maybe you love the gradient
that you have created, you will likely see with so
that next time you use it, you can also click on this New and you see
that it adds up, okay? Alright, so I'm going to use this gradient that I
created, this one. And you see they fit. So if want to also get the
same code that I'm using, let me click on the top and you can copy
this code typing. Then also you copy
this code as well. You can also click on New essays for you
and you click on aki. Therefore, couple of things
that you would like to know is you can change how it looks, maybe reverse it, okay, So you want the blues to
come from left to right, or you want to maintain
it, how it is. Then also, you can
change the opacity. How much do you want it? So it's see-through opacity
that we learned earlier. The same thing. You might
want to have it foo. Then also you want
to change the style. So this is something
that you are going to use almost
all the time. But you'll be sticking with maybe only the radar
and the linear. So these two are most popular. So you can change this onto the radar ready gradient
coming from the center. Outwards. Alright, so maybe I like it but let me reverse it. Okay, this one too is cool, but I want the earlier ones
so you've asked it, okay? Then also you can choose angle. You can also choose reflected. Then you can also
choose diamonds. I think I use reflected, linear and radar a
lot of the time. But in this section, we're looking at
the linear, okay? So we will be
picking the linear. Then also we can also change the angle that the
gradient is coming from. So this one is zero, so we can change it to maybe 45. And you see the gradient. So you can just experiment
with these things, okay? And know more about them. Basics that I am giving you. You see that you can drink
this one here and you see how the gradient is changing eight location.
So let me maintain. So you can use this good to define the amount
of gradients you want them to split from
that to that, okay? Alright, so you just
experiment with it and you understand what I'm
trying to talk about here. So I will maintain
hundred from here. And the rest is okay for me. Or what we might
do lot before we leave is to change the
blending mode of this one, like the result that
we had earlier. You see that the blending
mode here is normal. We can change this
one to dissolve. Multiplying. You see multiply the
color is giving us. So instead of using the opacity to reduce
the amount of gradients, you can also use this
blending mode collapse. And when you select one, you can also use the arrow
keys on your keyboard to swap between them and see
the one suits you. Okay? I'll see you there
work that you're doing. You see soft light. This is the one that I use. And you see I even like hard light and we can
reduce the opacity. Let's go more. Alright, so linear lights miss. So there are a lot of
these experiments here. And I even also like color, but let's maintain soft
light and then click on OK. So let's see before. So when I click on
this icon here, I can see before,
after, before, after. Wow, amazing, right? So you see how we are able
to transform this one. We just some clicks. Okay? So let's look at
more of the types, okay? So some of the features of the type that we're
talking about, let's start with paragraph. So when I have this
taste selected, okay, Then let's look in
the properties panel, or we can also use
the character. So if you don't have it, or you need to do is to go to Window and select the character, it opens some way for you. Then I'll go to paragraph, then read a paragraph. You can experiment
with left alignment. Also Santa taste and
right alignment test. Then you can also
experiment with d, So k and z hot or how all
of these works, okay? The one that I would like
to show you is the intense. You can shift the intent from maybe let's
see, ten points. And you see how the test is, what being shifted
from where it was. So this is where
it was on do then redo any see how it
is to come here. And then let's redo paragraph, okay, So this is how it is. Then also we can also move. So let me click N increases. So you can see in
ten first line, so we are moving only the first line of
that paragraph up, okay? Getting some spacing. And a lot of graphic
designers use this a lot. Okay? I guess we suddenly
discovered here, okay, drain depletion of coming to teach you
this course, okay. I've gotten something
new that I'm going to also add it to my portfolio, are added to my weights a lot. Okay? So some things, a lot
of the gravity Zionists who move this one a bit here. And then they would
leave the first letter. And then they would type
that later on a new layer. And it will make
it a bit bigger. And they will come in. Ripley's that one here. Okay. So these are things that
you can do to spice work. This is not how
actually it is done by you can spice it up a bit. The result that you
are looking for K. Then also with this one, let me bring it back six there. We can also increase
the amount of intervals between the paragraph also asked before paragraph. Okay. So there are a couple of days that you might
want to try out here. Then also we also
discussed nobody leading to maybe have a lot of species, anyone to bring it up. So we have cysteine here. So let me type system in C. It doesn't always, but I
think this time it works. Let me take CO2. I think O2 at risks to any
of them that you go for, but maybe our set to add 18. Then also, you see we have
this ocean. And ocean. You see that there's like
the taste is together. How did we get that? 0? Is this how the font is? No. It is just a simple
trick that we did. So you see we have
negative 75 years and then I open this
and bring it to zero. This was how it was
looking before. So when you increase
the tracking tracking, so when you increase it to 75, I see we are getting
more spacing. 200 spacing becomes more. When you bring it negative
is c. We get it as close. Okay, So let's maintain
something like 50. And you see that these
are almost close. Let me do negative 60. You see, this one
is this is closed. This one is this
excluded by this, and this is not close. So then, then this
one comes in, can in. Okay, So the kerning works
in-between to test, okay, So really help of your
tastes to have to select the test that you
want to bring together. You want to come together. So you select that,
then you can start to increase or decrease. So let's go for minus
hundred and see how we are able to bring
the taste together. Positive hundred, you
see the interval either we are getting minus hundred. So let me do something like -75. Let me do some here. -75. Alright, so these are some tips on how you can use the best ingredients
in Adobe Photoshop. Alright? Alright, so does it see
you in the next one?
13. Part 13. How to use Content Aware Cropping in Photoshop : Alright, welcome back. In this next section
of Adobe Photoshop, Essential cause we are
looking at Cropping. We have already looked at it, but we are looking at
it class content away. Okay, so we're going
to take some of the ladies to sound
like it is very nice. Okay. So you see this horse
before and boom, we have been able
to add some tweets. So let's learn how to
do that in Photoshop. Alright, so make sure you have one crop bean and you can also get the
other file as well. All of them is in
the source file, so please make sure you download them so you can practice alone. So you're going to use the
fifth to that is here, crop so you can click on it all. You can see recipe
cards C, Okay? So this is what you get when
you select the crop tool, you will get this
outline on your canvas. And then also, as
I said earlier, any two days late, we have an options
at the top here. You can use it to
find in better, okay? Our TA, you can see we have the HW that the width
and height resolution. That's what you want to keep it. Okay? So if you have innate
imagery to lead, okay? So maybe you might be
on five by seven, okay? And yours might look
like this. Visually. Click on that. It will be on the H
and W, THE solution. And here you can type
in a figure like maybe 100 cm or 200 pixels
by theory and the vessels. And then you click
on the Mac here, enter to accept changes, okay, you see how we have it, okay? Then also, you might want
to select a specific size. Maybe you are posting
on Instagram. So Instagram, four by five, you click on that and you
see photoshop automatically. Define the area for you. And then you can click
and drag your image. And you can even also
click and scale this up or down and
position you're in it. And also if you would
like to delete it when you come easy that we have
these traits, arrows, but when you come
out easier it tends to a corner or a cave hours, which means we can
click and drag, positioning it how we want it. But I like how the horizon is. I'll keep it like that and
click on this to check that. So make sure you go back to the crop to have
the effect on it. Okay, so let's say we have
edited this picture in Photoshop and you
want to save it and post it on Instagram. So I'll choose the Instagram
size that is four by 5 ". And then I can find it in
using this Morty deals. Okay? Then when you are ready to click on this or enter
to accept changes and boom, we have our coping. Let's look at a second one. Okay. Wait a second. 12 we
see that Photoshop. Remember the last
thing that we did is to maintain a five by four. Let's go back to the WH
and then let's click on Clear because we still have a thinner
bitumen that fixes. So let's clear that. Okay, and let's
select that again. And see we are now free. Okay? So for me you see that maybe the image is perfect,
everything is good. But we want to use this
ratio system by night. So we want some extra edges, like we want all this, please. Let me go back to
the WHO solution. You want all these places, maybe our postings on Facebook, so we need a lot of space. But what I recommend
for you is that maybe if the size is ten by 10 ", you create a document and then you click and drag
your image into that. Let's say you are copying
this one for Facebook or something of
size N is very big. So you need to do is to click
and drag too hard to CO2. Okay? So let's say this is what I
want at the end of the day. Okay? So if I crop
just like this, I'm going to get a
white fill over here. So let me click on here for you. This, you see that I
get black over here because my foreground
color is black. So if I change the foreground
color to, let's see whites. All right, then let
me go back again. Click on this one. Alright, so let me
do a coping again to maybe I'll increase
it more, more. And you see that if
I start to come to what you have as your foreground is what
you're going to get in. Boom, this is what I'm getting, but no, I don't want this way. So how do I get what
I'm looking for? So read my crop selected. Let me increase the width. So I want something like this, but I want to duplicate some of the backgrounds here
to fill those places. So photoshop have some futures you need that will help you to copy some of the bug on here and fill these
places for you, okay, so when you come up easy
that we have content away. Content away. So make sure you check it. Content I check. And when you are done,
you can click on Enter or click on this market
to accept changes. And then wait a sec
and see the results. Wow, really amazing rise, arise. So you can see that Photoshop
did a fantastic job by making some of the copies
here to fill those places. Like here, it copies some
of the flowers to fill. Some of these places
is not ordered them that you will get the result
that you're looking for, but sometimes you get a result
that we're looking for. In this case, here is normal, but here you have some trouble with the
flowers and stuff, but already seen is okay. Let's look at the other example. Okay? Alright, so let's do this one before we come back
to this one, okay? With this image lightest
one order we need to do first to select the crop tool. When you come here you
see crops to select that. Then we will select the
mixture you are on the HW, and then make sure to have the content aware
scale selected. Okay, So make sure
you have a Content Aware selected or checked, and then let increase
the species. So we want to add a
bit of these areas. So click on Enter to accept changes and wait
a sec for the resort. Really amazing. You can
see Photoshop is being able to transform
the image from here. The way to this, please, well, very small here, but you can see we have
a very wide field here. Okay, so let's look at
the other one as well. So with this one, we
want to increase some of the width or the
height of the image. I'll click to include
some here because maybe I want more of the party. So how do I get that? Misha is curious one all the way up and this one
are scored down. So when you read it, you click on this mark to accept changes in Riga sake
for the resort. And like I said, it's
not all the time that this effect
is going to work. Something is not going to work. So let's wait for
this example to see whether it works
all the time or not. So you can see that
there's one photoshop, really amazing by making some copy or duplicate
of this one here. But you can see these
ones. They didn't work. As we are looking for like
we have the ships here, you're going to see
the shapes here. The circles are, okay, but here we have some
problem with it. So it's not all that time that
these Content-Aware works, but it worked in most cases
and it's kind of help you in your other previous
data for this section, Let's dive into a
different one, okay.
14. Part 14. How to use Marquee Tools: Alright, welcome back. In this section we are
going to look at how to put a drug into a coffee, just like what you can see. So this is how its worst. And boom, we can put
somebody walking into your coffee cup or you can boot a drag into a coffee cup. So let's learn how to
do that in Photoshop. So please make sure you have O2 rock textures and
spliced with the V01 OP. Okay, So these are the images and you can find
them down below. You can work with. Alright. So to start with you, we'll start by creating
a new document. Let's say we will be posting
this one on Instagram. So let's go to File New
and create a new document. And assigned for Instagram
is 108 divide NHE. So we have to change this one
from limit this to pixels. Then we have to type in 1080. By 1080. I think Instagram, their
resolution is 17 to buy wants to keep a very high imagery that any postage is
going to lose quality. So we want to maintain some of the qualities that it will lose. So we can go for the
Andres would add, we get much of the quality. And if you want to
maintain much of the quality we can
increases one to 2000. By 2000, Instagram
is not going to see that our file size is more
than 108 byte entity, so we're not going to accept it. Instead of the NAT. Nat when you go by
two times, by two. Or you can even go further
like two times 500, 500. And then you're going
to get shorts image on Instagram without much of
the quantity being reduced. Okay, then from here you can
click on grades and boom, a new canvas as appealing
Photoshop for us. The first thing
that you will do, I will do is to go to my O2 and then we're going
to select this image. You can see the second
two we have here, that is the mercury 2s. So we have them here. And then I will start with a rectangular Marquee
Tool, rectangular mark, which is when I
click and drag and make a rectangle or square
depending on what I want. I want square for
this time around. So I'll start and
click and drag. And everyone's get something proportional or do
you have to vote? Who can guess the
Shift key or ISO? I'll click anywhere. And then I'll hold
down the Shift key so I get it in proportion. So when it gets to a point
that I am okay with it, then boom, I will leave it. Any kind also kind of
move this around, okay? When you own the
rectangular marquee tool, you can move this around. Okay? Then for me we have to copy this one and come
in, place it here. So how do we do that? All, you need to use the chain from the rectangular
marquee tool. Select the move to then for me to move it because it's
called a move to say, let's try to move this one, click and drag,
drag, drag, drag, and leave it to where
you want to live it and then you
can leave it here. Boom, we have It's okay. Let me undo and show
you one pro tip so that you can
apply here is that when you move this one to the new document and you want to kind of put it in the middle. Or you need to do
is to hold down the Shift key and live
it and you see that, put it in the middle for you. Then from here we can
start to scale it. So when I start the skillet, you see that I'm
getting the failed, but I want to scale this
one simultaneously. Okay? So that when I'm
scaling this path, its effect that we want. For that matter, I'll hold down the Alt key on PC
option on the Mac, you see that it's skewed
from the same path. When I make a small agency
or resizes means more. When I move it up. For a big one, it affects their own. So when you are okay
with it, you live it. And you come and click on
this to asset changes or hit, Return or Enter on
your keyboard, okay? Wow, we have this one in
our Instagram Canvas. Okay, then from here, all we need to do next is
to go to the next document. And boom, we are going to
use the other commands. That is that, that is the rectangular marquee tool or the Elliptical Marquee
Tool. Select that. And then once you make
your selection tool, when you click it
without the shift key, see that we are getting some weird shape which
is not proportional. Hold on to Shift key
to get proportion. Leave it in his era we
have the selection on it. Then go back to move
to lake, lake, lake, drag it to your new
canvas and live it. And boom, you can see that
effect just applies for us. Okay, So let me zoom in. So to zoom in, I'll hold down the Control key and use the plus to zoom E. And I own just curious one. So to skew it is
when you can go to Edit and select Free
Transform or you can click on Control T for the cards and then you get this bounding box
around the drag them. From here we can click and
who you are okay with it, you live it, you do the same
thing for the other side. You do the same thing for
the other side as well. From here, what I would
like to do is to use my arrow keys on my keyboard to place it just in the center, all the place where
I think it is. Okay. When you have certify, it hits on Return or Enter on
your PC to accept changes, control to fit
everything into screen. And I'll click
outside and you see, boom, we have our effects. You can see that the edges are too sharp by we will
look at that later. Hodgekin do to make it smooth
is to maybe go to Filter, which dealt with filters later, Blair, okay, and you
choose Gaussian blur. Then you can play
this image a bit. Okay? Alright, Then when
you click on Okay, Sarah, This was before, and this is after. We have a situation
where we can really play the edges and then
leave the rest. Okay, so we will look
at that one later. But that's how you
can grab artists. So I will leave it
for you to make a selection of this one
and put it in this Canvas. Okay? Then afterwards
you can see it's come through as if you are using the newer version
or the latest version, save as and save as a JPEG, rename and send to me or send it to the project
size so I can see what you've done and
I can comment on it whether it was a
good shot or not. Alright, so let's dive into a different
thing where we will be learning about maxes
or layer max, okay?
15. Part 15. How Clipping Mask works in Photoshop: Hello everybody. In this video, we are going to
look at how to use Photoshop and create
something like this. Well, we are going to
use that background. Okay, increase
something, cool ideas, okay, So without further ado, let's do this. Okay. So let me close mine or let
me go to my clipping mask. When you come here, you will see clipping masks. You open that and then I'll click and drag this
one into Photoshop. All right, so it seems
like I have to close this one before I can do that. So click, drag into
Photoshop and leave it. Okay? Alright, so when you
have your bag or in Photoshop, or when you drag
it in Photoshop. The next thing to do is
to select your test tube. And then we're going
to type artists. You can choose any
font that you want, but you can also go
buy these phones. And then you type any way
that you would like to use a GUI piece and you know how to secure something
Control E for free transform. And then we can scale it
using the bounding pulse, like I am doing, nest, click on Enter or
Return on the Mac. And boom, you have
something like this. So how do we get this image on the test is super easy to do. The first thing is to come here and then you
will see the luck. Michelle click on
it to unlock it. Or you can also click on this one and
drag it to the dean. Okay, then from here, all you need to do is to click
on the background layer or the layer zero on
top of the test, okay, just like this,
then from here, you can right-click on the layer and you'll see Create,
Clipping Mask. And boom, you see they
first start to come onto the scene times you can go to layer
and you will see, create a clipping mask here. And boom, you get
the same effect. Alright, so this is how easily you can create
a clipping mask. Then I would like
to go further by adding our effect that
you have already tackled, like drop shadow, stroke, etc. Okay, so I can go a
little further by adding sounds to
drop shadow on it. So first of all, let's go to adjustments
and add a background. Okay, so another easiest way to add a background is
to create a new layer. So to create a new layer, you can see these plots here is called
creating new layers. When I click on it, you see a blank layer comps. And then you go to Edit
and you will see fail. And you can see the shortcut also Viviana going to
talk about is cut. Now. Just click on it. And then from here
I'll make sure that I have white selected. Then you click on OK. Boom, every place is quiet now, all we need to do is think
about labor management. Click and drag this
on all the way down. And boom, we have our
background and nest. We can also play with this. So what I didn't talk
about is you can select this image and you click and drag it to
weigh every warranted. So maybe want a lot of the
flowers so you can do that. You can also go to Edit
and select Free Transform. And we can skew it is one app. We can make it small, okay? And also we can move both
of the tests and piece together school untrue or to fit everything to
screen for that. Or you need to do is to select the image for that hood under control key on PC
command on the Mac, and then you click on
that to add both of them. Then from here we can move
both of them together. Alright, Nest also. We can also click on this
little guy here called link. So link layers, when
you click on that, anytime that you move, both of them moves. Okay, so let me undo that. That's a pretty
visually keep it well. Also we can also move the P, so make sure you have
the test elected. And since this one is blue, I'll hold down the Control key so it's still move that one. And I can also move
the text around. Alright, so let's try
to add the drop shadow now with a P selected or
with this layer selected, you can see that
little gray on it. It means it's selected. Go to effects and
then our festival, a drop shadow and boom, are first of all, try
to increase my opacity. I'll leave this one at multiply and then increase my
distance at Bates, increase my size a bit. Let me add a bit more distance. And this one too. All right, you can
also come outside this layer style and move
this one by yourself. Okay? Another pro tip here, and then also let
me add a stroke. So stroke selected,
make sure you have it. Click and then you have their
properties comes with it, and you can change
the color from here. So I have gradient selected. I want color. Let's see. I want gray. Then also, I'll increase
the size of the stroke. Okay? Then you can also straight
back to the drop shadow, increase it a bit. So you can do them,
but I want to do when you are okay
with aids ratio, you click on Alt key and we
have this nice cool effects. Next, let's look at how to clip something like this. With test. Clipping a test on something
is a bit different from flipping an image
with something like this. Okay? So with this one we
have to do a bit of wet. Okay. So let me close that
so we can start to cater. All right, next we are
going to look at how to clave and image two things. Alright? So naturally type
clipped to things, whereas image may not so much, so image does not
easily clip to tense. So how do we achieve this? Let's look at this
little example and you see how it works. So I'll close mine, then I'll go to my source file. All right, So from here I'll
click and drag this image. So click and drag this
one into Photoshop. Then I'll also click this one
and put it into Photoshop. And boom, this is the
result that we are getting. So I want to clip
this one on top, so I'll click here to unlock it. Drag this one on top, right-click on it and then
create a clipping mask. This is not a complete process. You see that really
didn't get effects, or do we have created
a clipping mask by we didn't get effect
that we're looking for. So naturally when you are
clipping an image to something, it doesn't work so
well, like taste. Okay, So let's see if this
was a test like this. Then I have this image on top. And then I right-click
and create a clipping mask you
see automatically, it's grayed out for me, but it didn't do the same thing. And also let me give
you one pro tip. So instead of going here
and create a clipping mask, you can also hold down Alt
on PC option on the Mac. And you see that when you are in-between the layers
that we want to clip. So this is the first
layer I want to clip onto this when
I come in-between, you see I get this
drop-down arrow. It means that I can just click and create
a clipping mask. So let me do it again. You have to just hold on
sheen on the Mac, alt on PC, you get this, I'll click
with your mouse and boom, you have a clipping
mask created for you. Alright, so let me
delete this test. Wounds will. How do
we achieve that? So let me bring
this one back here. So first thing that
we need to do is to remove the paragon of this. So we have already
tackled selection, so I'll select my
quick selection. As always. I'll select my magic
wand selection. Then I'll click to
make a selection path, make sure you have
the layer selected. Then for me we can click on Delete to remove the background. Then from here, go to select
and click on de-select. Okay? And boom, we have this
one without any bug. Okay, so we can try again, right-click and create
a clipping mask. Still can't see any effects. Okay, So how do
you end up doing? Is we also remove the
background of this one. So let me hide this one. You can click on the
I here to hide that. It has not gone. So when I click on it bad, it is going to review it. Okay. So I'll also
select this image and then select my magic wand to make a selection
click on Delete. Nec currently cannot complete your request because matter
object is directly editable. So who knows what to do? Just right-click
and rasterize layer and try again and boom, you see you have been able
to remove the background. Go to select and
make sure you have deleted a selection and
go back to move to that. Let me turn this one on. Okay, let's try again. This time around. I'll hold down my Alt key or Option and then create
a clipping mask. And boom, you see we
have the effects. Now. Then how do you also get
some part of the image? All we need to do who
can guess or we need to do is to reduce the
opacity of this image. And we have already also
talk about opacity. So here is the opacity. Let me click and reduce
the birth and infancy. You can see truly image. So let me reduce end. You can see, we can see
to the initial maintain some 75 or even 70 or B. Okay. So let me maintain
something like 70 broom does into this. Are you going to create a
clipping mask in Photoshop? Let's dive into a
different thing.
16. Part 16. How to use Layer Mask in Photoshop : Hello everyone, welcome back. In this next section, we're looking at layer masks. You are going to take
something like this to this, wow, really amazing. Someone who see we
have already tackled about removing bad
lawn or something. So it's the same thing. Alright, so earlier we were
working destructively. So when we do something, you cannot go back in real
time to make changes. But we, Leah max, anytime we do something
like you live it in combat, you can still go back in time
and make adjustments to it. Okay, so we are
going to look at how to create this layer
masks in Photoshop. All right, so let's look at how to do that now in Photoshop. So we will start by
creating a new document. I'll just do that quickly. So I'll go by 2000 by two. Let me change this
base to 3,500 by 2000. Click on grades. Then I can create
some gradients. Okay, So earlier we use this one to create
some gradients. But basically we have a
new bug gowns and we can just select and create
the gradient from yet, but has many other ways
to create a gradient. So I can go to, I just made this
one in the middle. Then I will select the gradients have been
using solid color a lot. So let's go with gradients. Boom, there you go. We have this one. I can talk over the angle and
get some ladies. And then I think I choose
something from orange, the preset, and I chose this. You can click on K or K. Alright, so this
is our background. How do we create a layer mask that we are talking about here? So I'll go to my source files. Please be sure. Get this image
and practice alongside me. I'll click and drag this
one into Photoshop. Okay, So we have our
image here in Photoshop. Or we can do also
is to click and drag and grouping this one
on a new tab just like this. So we have back on here, and then we have the image
that we want to use, a k. Then from here, we will use
the Quick Selection Tool. We have used this earlier, but we are going to use this
one to make the layer mask. So I'll click quickly to select the areas that include, okay. And you can use the square
brackets on your keyboard, make it big, small,
whatever you want. Alright? Then also you can click on this one so you
can't grip on this, okay, you can see this one
that's editing quick max. So you can toggle with its
shortcut is cuz you can toggle with places
where you have selected and the place is
dying having selected. Okay, so let me go back
and you can see three. If we want to see the places
that you haven't selected, just click on Q on your keyboard or you
click on this one. Alright. So let me
toggle with this one. Okay. So let me see. I haven't selected these areas, will then go select these areas. Select this area is alright, then the top level
is small here. Let me go back to my max mood and I can see
everything is selected. I have something
small here to select. Okay? And I guess I have something
small to select as well. Alright, it's okay for now. So instead of taking
our move to by clicking and dragging
and place it here, this one is the strategy, so let's look at it. On this one, I'll
click on Delete. Then I'll go back. And then when you
come down here, you will see this that
is called Layer Mask. So when I click on it, you see it immediately hide the bugger all
removes a ban on. So in other ways, like it is hiding the product. I don't want to like It is given that place black over here and the place that you're
sharing in his wives who black conceals and
white reveals. Okay. So layer mask, black conceals and
white reveals. We have the right to
be viewing and we have the black being
considered being hidden. Alright, so that
is the layer max. And one cool thing about
layer masks is that, so let me click and
drag this one with my move to our backbone. Okay? So one cool thing about this layer masks is that you see
that we have two layers. This one is layer masks and
we have our main layer. So we can either break this one. So you see we have this
Link Layer Mask icon, click on it to break it. And I can move it and you see have been able to
move this in real time. Then we want to do and
then bring it back. This is it n. One cool thing about this is that we have whites here that is reviewing the image
to the data layer selected to everyone
to edit this image. We have the layer mask selected. Make sure we have the white
outline on the layer mask, not on the main layer,
on the layer max. Then you will select
the brush through this a little bit advance. I just wanted to show
you something quick. Then you see rehab black as the backbones where
I'll paint with white. And you can see amazing. It is bringing some of the
background of the image. Okay? Then also I can swap here, so I can click on this. When you click on
this one is swapped the color to swap it
and paint with black. And then you see it is removing
some parts of the image. So this is what LEA does for
you or your image for you. Then you can go back
in real time to edit them limb on to
Control Z to undo. Okay. One thing, again
is when you select the layer masks and hoping
your properties panel, I'm hoping that you
see that we have some settings that comes
really an isolated layer. You see the properties changes
to play a max properties. And this one too, what I have, okay? So on your layer masks you can control the feather so it's
kind of blended edges. So when I increase the
feather is it starts to blur the edges and the edges
of the image of old white. So I am getting that nice, creepy wise on this one too. This something that
you might also consider in some of
your art projects. Let me turn it back off and
maybe increase it to five, I guess something like this. Okay, So in general and
that is layer masks. Remember the editing
that we're doing? Let me go back and
open this image. So my query to then
we have this one too. Let's read again on
distractive way. Then I have my drag also here. So this time I want, I'll use this one so
that if you could, in fact it can price here. Then with the help
of my mercury two, I can make a selection. We are using this tree
trunks and let me click here to get
back the streets one, hold down the Shift key
to keep it in proportion. Then instead of
using the move to our company or the
LEA max, boom. Then I'll click
and drag this one here and bring this one inside. So you see that
this one is bigger. We have the bounding box as very big because we have the
other areas around. I can click and make it big. Then with the layer
mask selected, make sure you have selected. We can go to the Properties, open my Properties and I
can increase the feather to blend the edges while you see how really amazing this one is. Then. So unlike the first one, I use the Gaussian blur
which bled the way everybody's when you see it
is only affecting the edges. And you can control it to
how much you want it and then increase the size
to a point that yeah. Okay. I can put this one
year increase. Its okay. So you see layer masks is something
that you should be including in your Photoshop activities because it saves
you a lot of time. And many of the professionals, when they come and look
at your work, boom, what they are checking mostly is the layer mask
says that you apply so that they can work all tweak around your images or
something that you are doing. Two, solar max is
something that you have to inculcate in your
graphic design if you want to take it very far. Okay. So this is it. And one pro tip
about layer masks is that as LAC that you saw
me breaking this one. So this one is when I break
it and I move the max. I move the image is our no move the max instead
I'll move the image. You see that It's kind
of stay that area, but I can move it
to where I want it. And when I am okay with it, I just go back and click
here to bring the max. Case would ask Can I move? It moves all over. So let me go back and bring
in the image, the person. Then let him go a bit up. Alright, so something
like this is cool for me. Then I'll bring in
the link again. Okay. So does it for Leah
max from now on, we are going to work on this track TV by
using layer masks. Okay. See you in the next one.
17. Part 17. How to work with Levels: Alright, welcome back. In this next section, we're looking at
something called Levels. Levels is an adjustment
layer in Photoshop. And order we are going to be, they're going to put
a levels on a layer, meaning that we're not
affecting the layer itself. And it is an undistracted
way of applying and it fits. It doesn't affect it at all. Okay? So we are going to take this boring image to woo
a very nice environment. Okay, So you can see they fit. This is before and
this is after. So let's look at how to
do this in Photoshop. All you need to do now is to
click and drag one level, click and drag that into Photoshop and leave
it for it load. Then when you have
this one open, we are going to explore how
to make this one come out. Okay? So we have our
adjustment layers, which I think we
have already looked at one called solid color. Okay, So let's look
at levels now. Levels here. So when
you click on it, you will have it hoping
somewhere here for you. Alright, let me delete it and
show you a different way. You can also apply levels. And also when it comes
to Image Adjustment, a key, you will see levels here. You can see also the
shortcut is Control L. But this is a destructive way of using the adjustment layer
because when you use this one, I don't have any option again to go back and redo
something. Okay? So you will normally
avoid this one, but you can also do
this on purpose, okay? And also we can also go to Window and then you
will see adjustment. Okay, so when you
click on Adjustment, it is going to open a
panel colitis for you. When you go to these,
you can see we have brightness and contrast. We have levels, we have calves, we have vibrant and allows most. So when we click on this one, it's like coming here
and selecting levels. We are going to get
the same thing. And you see that
nothing happens. We can also click on this eyeball to toggle
between on and off. So you notice that
nothing happened. And second, I have a new layer here on top of my
original layer. Okay? So this is the new
layer and the one beneath it, that is the original layer. And this thing that
we can also see here is called histogram. This one is just showing
us the brightness of the image, displaces
that brightness. And also we have the midtones and then
we have the darkness. Okay? So you can see here is too
dark in here is too light. So we have our
brightness and darkness, and it will also
have our mid tones. Ok. So basically what I do
here is to click and drag this first top or this first
house to join the hill. And then also you can
see this one is over. Let's suppose you have the heel here so you don't need to go. So drag it again. Otherwise you're going
to overexpose the image. These are some of the technical
teams or photography. If you're into photography, you'll come across
where it's like, oh, via schools and I expose. Alright, so we have
the darkness area. We can also move it a bit. And then we can also talk about
with the mid tones, okay? So basically what levels is trying to do is that
it is trying to see to the image the places
which needs to be dark in it, pokes that areas and then the areas which
needs to be writing. You can also write that area and you can also
toggle with your mid tones. Okay, So this is how
levels work in Photoshop. And I also like to show you one trick that we work
with, layer masks, okay? And you can see that we
have a layer max here, this rectangle here, okay?
That is a layer mask. And you see that we
lend that layer mask, black conceals and
white reveals. Okay, so you see we
have white here. That is why we are having
everything seemed. So. If I take my brush to
two, when you come here, you select your price to, then you make sure you have your flu hundred,
opacity hundred. And when we paint on
this layer masks me, show you the outline on it, meaning that this
one is selected. You can also select
this one by me. Sure you have this one selected. And when I paint black here, so make sure you select black, European, your color
picker, you select black. Then when we paint black
easy that we have been able to move some of
the effects here. So you can see that this was before and this is after zoo. You can also use the layer masks to hide some of the places
that you don't want. The effect as we
have just applied now to affect that area. Okay. This is a booty that
if you want to master Photoshop and you want
to create more effects, are when you are
into photography, these are the
things that you are going to explore more because you take some pictures and you
need to darken some areas. You need to break it in some
area to make it balance. Okay? So you have to blow with the brush tool and then make sure you have your Layer Mask
selected paint with black. And boom, we can hide
some of the police. And also when I change
this one to right, I can also paint back
the colors, okay? The colors that I just painted
off using a layer mask is an invaluable asset that
if you know how to use it, well, it is going to
really, really help you. Okay? So let's look at a different adjustment
layer in Photoshop. But before then, I would like to hide this one and show you some of the O2
effect in Photoshop. So if I make a
duplicate of this, so I'll right-click on this background and you'll
see make a duplicate. And let me name this one as two. And click on AKI. So when you come to image, you are going to see Auto Tone. We have to contrast
or two color. So when I click on go to tone, you see, wow, really amazing. So it is an automatic
feature in Photoshop. When you apply it,
this is what you get. And the next one
is Auto Contrast. So let me hide this one. Right-click and let's see
duplicate layer and let go. Or two contrasts. Contrast or k. And then in May, and you'll see Auto
Contrast also here. Click on it. And boom. This is the fact that we caught. It doesn't mean that O2
contrast doesn't work. It depends on your image. You see that this
image a Brighton is like using the
levels that we did. Also, let's talk
over the last one. Now we'll just make it quick. Watercolor layer,
create the image and select go to color. And you can see
that Auto-Tune in, auto color is kind
of the same effects, but both to contrast
kind of thing. Okay? So it depends on the
image that you are using. So when you have
a Latin, you are, you are looking for a
quick fix for your image. You can use auto color out or to contrast or to tune or levels. Okay? But normally I try to use levels because it
makes my work easier. And when you do something
quickly and submitted, I just use levels to
speed up my work. Okay. So let's dive into the nest I just
made in Photoshop.
18. Part 18. How to work with Vibrance: Hi there. In this video we're
going to look at a different adjustment
layer called vibrance. We are going to look at how
to make or use a vibrant to make this flower pop up a
bit or lifted up a tiny bit. Okay, So this is what we
are going to get before, after you see how it lifts
the greens the rate to a proper position like the pivot colored I can get
from this flower. Let's look at this
example to woo, you can't see much, okay? So you see that,
leave this one alone. You see that the radius, okay? And then boom, it just
lift the greens out. The green is a bit
wash out the boom. It lifted up a big, okay. So our encourage you
to get a source file so you can practice
alongside me, okay? Right. So video so far are
being our clay. Both of these files
into Photoshop or k, or you can also just
go to File for p. And then I will locate
where I have my document, I have my source file. So here is my opinion. And then I'll select Vibrance
Bu one, click on open. Then I'll go to File Open, and then I'll
select Vibrance O2. So to bring vibrance, all you need to do is to go adjustment the one in-between. Select that and you are
going to see vibrance. Click on it. And boom, you are going to
have Vibrance and Saturation. And in my opinion, I suggest vibrance is
greater than the saturation because this oxygen just blast everything
out. Okay, see that? How it has blast everything
and I'm losing is not good. You can also use it in
some cases that you see, you will need it, okay? But in this case, let's toggle with
the vibrance so you can either take it
down or boost it up. And I always advise
that you boost it up because you want to improve
your quality of the image. So you see this is before. And when I start dragging, you see the improvement
that we are getting. Likewise, we are looking for and how much should you increase it to outside just like you choose anything I'd hours for
your case or in my case, I'll choose around 50, 51. Okay. So this was before. This is after how we have been able to lift up the colors here. So you see here, or this
place has been washed out. It kind of bring that color or the color that the
image glass house. So when I click easy that, let's try to boost
up the color or a lift the color to
its proper position. Okay. I would like you to also
work on the second one. Then you share with
me so I can see what you have been
able to do, okay? So all you need to do is to
either come here and select Vibrance or you can also do the first method, select
Adjustment Layer. And you'll see this
little thing here. That is it vibrance and
you can toggle with it. Okay, that's it for this
video to apply a vibrant, go to Adjustments, select that, and then you can
just apply vibrant. And also, if the
effect is too much, you can select the layer MUX. Select your brush to reduce the size by right-clicking
and reducing the size. You can also use
the square bracket to make it small or big. Then we can paint black
here because we have white. White is reviewing. And if you want
to hide any path, we can just be clicking and
we will move in a pads. So if I hold down the Shift key and click
on the layer max, you see I'm able to hide the
fact that I have applied. Alright, that's it
for this video. See you in the next one.
19. Part 19. How to work with Hue and Saturation: Hi there. In this video
we are looking at hue and saturation as an adjustment
layer in Photoshop too, we are going to take
an image like this. This is amazing. Wow. Then this image was this. And then boom, we have this one. And this one was a little
washout like we have yellows here and then
we turn it to greens. And this little guy is also going to be your
practice on your own by taking it from
year or every two days. Wow, very amazing, right? Let's look at that in Photoshop. Okay, Then let me give
you a potty before we go. So I want to close all of them. When you come to File Close. Then we can apply
to all don't see in Photoshop is going to lose
all the tabs that I open. Invitation for you. Let's go to File Open. And then you are going
to see here o12, up to n, Boom, we have these images. So to apply a hue adjustment, or we need to do is
to come down here, select that and you'll
see hue and saturation. Select that. And boom, we are going to get these properties are this panel. Then from here, we're going
to work with one-fifth, then adjustment,
hue and saturation. And then when we
toggle with the hue, you'll be able to change
the color completely. Here. That is just
changing the color completely to a different color. So maybe it was a
bit red and you want something like
valid or this color. Boom, you have it. Okay. Alright, then let's go to O2 and maybe want to change the
way it's not affecting all. So when I apply heat and
saturation adjustment, and then I started
teaching this one, yellow. Maybe this is what I want, but I don't want it to affect this one's body zeros is affected it and
we have more green. Okay? So how do we apply
it to only the weights? So let me click on this
and drag it to the beam. So to do that, I'll go to Adjustments, Hue
and Saturation. Then you can either use the layer mask that
we talk about, whereby it can be
painting on that edge. But we did here, we can click on this master. And you see we have a little
drop-down here, okay? So this drop-down will help
us relate to the current I wanted changes, red, red. And then I will just click and you see it is only
changing the weights. And maybe you want this color. Boom, we have is so
before, after, before. So just think of in on the eye, okay, so you can see the
effect that you have. Okay? I've seen things you, if you select the master, then go back to the
ray and make this 10. And maybe we have
selected a master, and then we change
the color here. We can also use the brush to, as you have discussed earlier, and then make it some more
using the square bracket. And then you paint on the
edges that you don't effect. Okay? So this is what
layer max times e, by the heart to be careful
on the areas that you paint. Otherwise have to toggle with this switch to white
and then paint it back. Then you can use the S key, X key on your keyboard
to swap in between y. So you notice that the
colors change over here when I click on the X
key on my keyboard. All right. So does it. You can paint black
to hide these areas. Or you can simply use the right. That is what physically they wait for you and
you will be free. Okay? Let's look at this last example. With this last example two, you see that he is supposed to be green by
we have more yellow. So let's go to Window Adjustments and click
on hue and saturation. Then boom, we have this one. And once you have
been talking about is the hue and the lightness. But I would suggest
all our commander, when you want to use the
lightness or darkness, me show you the levels that
we have discussed earlier. So when it comes, we see is
you have to combine level, so make sure you use that
instead of using this or that. Okay? The good thing
about I just mainly eyes, I can add more
than one so we can add even then hue
and saturation. And we can apply the
effects on each of them so we can do all of these, okay? So I'll select all. So to select our ratio, you have the first one selected. Hold down the Shift key, select the last one, click and drag this one to be p. Let's start over
UN saturation. Okay? We know that it has green color. So when we select the green
and took over the hue, you see that nothing
is changing. We don't have much
effects like this. You have to then
go back to zero. And you can notice that
we have a bit of yellows, like you can see
a bit of yellow. So definitely this
one is not made of greens but is
made up of yellow. So let me talk with the yellows and you see that it
starts to change. So this one trigger, you have to also
know that sometimes the glass or the ways that we see is supposed to be
made up of greens, but Many take pictures of it. It tends to be yellow. So when it comes to your
loose and then you'll be playing with it to this are some of the changes that I use, like boosting the
color or getting their coat color out of it
using the hue and saturation. The saturation is just how
much color you want in it. So if I put this such as easy, that the greens
become more stronger. And when I bring it back, you see that the
kidneys become less. So let's boost it a bit. Okay, we don't want too much. Then this one also, so we have more green before,
after, before, after. Really amazing, right? Okay, So Misha, you go to File or B and then you try your
hands-on Hugh, oh, fall where you apply
here and saturation. And then he tried to boost the yellows so that I
get a proper green. And then you can also boost the saturation to get it correct kinase that
you are looking for. All right, that's it
for hue and saturation. Let's look at another
one in the next video.
20. Part 20. How to create Black and White Images in Photoshop : Hi there. In this video
we're going to look at how to create this in Photoshop and black and white adjustment layer in
Photoshop and even tickets. Furthermore, to create
this manipulation. Okay, alright, so let's
look at how to do that. Now in Photoshop, I'll
go to my source files or K. Then I'll click and drag
this one into Photoshop. When it opens for me, I'll go to adjustments
and then I'll add a new adjustment layer
called black and white. So I have black and white here. I'll click on that. And boom. Black and white layer I just
made is going to add for me, I remember Leah, I just
made is not a strategy. You can always turn
it off and on. Then from here we can also see
that we have heights here. So write reviews what
we are trying to poetry and black conceals. So maybe you want
to bring, Hey, hey, hey, like you want to bring some details to Grissom,
see in Photoshop. So how do we do that? We have already taco at
this one in other videos, but let's look at it
now again here also. So with the help of my brush to, you can always click
on P for cards. Select your brush too. Then. We can start to paint, but make sure your
color is black. So I'll click on this little
guy here, swap it, okay? So swap to black. Then from here, I
can start beans. Some of the details of calm. And also undo,
control Z to undo, Command Z to undo. And also if you
don't want to bring in full details of what
you are trying to paint. We can always reduce the
flow to maybe 50 per cent. So you paint a little amount of rates or you can also reduce the opacity instead to
flow at hundred and maybe opacity for the paint. You see we are getting a little detail instead
of the full detail. Let me get it back to 100
per cent and pain too, I get it fully deals. And also let me
give you one tip. When you are painting
and you want to see what you have paints, just click on this slash, gives me a TO square brackets or above the Enter or
Return on the keyboard. And Boom, photoshop
is going to show you what you have paint out. Okay. I can just make
sure my mission, my foreground color is black. You can always use the SQL keywords to go
with black and white. So you see how the black
and white changes. Immediately I click
on the S key. Alright. So does it put, I have drawn
most of cards in this video, but as you have decided
to learn Photoshop, it is the max to
lend these details. So you have to take your time, come to plus to zoom E and then paint those little detail that you want to bring on board. Okay? When you're done, just click on a
slash again and it is going to show it for you. So when we go back
to the maximum mood and then things, kay? Do, if you do too large, you can undo or you
can swap the price to white and paint to hide those
areas that you don't shu. Okay, so this is
really easy to do. Let me paint back these areas. I don't want the yellow showing. You can always take your time to find in this motif deals, which will make you
stand out at NOT d into get something precise key. So this is two. Then we can also paint here. Increase your brush size
with the square brackets. There. I square bracket
increases the size of the brush. Okay, reduce it with the
lips, square brackets. And you can always click
on slash two views, those areas that are painted. And boom, you see what
we have done here. You can also hold down
the Shift key and click on the max to review
what you have done. This once before. And this is after. Isn't it amazing? That is how to use the black and white
layer adjustments or create a black and white
if fate in Photoshop. Always when you are done, if were to toggle
between the mass, hold down the Shift
key, click on it, it will views, click
on it, it cancels. Okay? So this is what you have done
and it is really amazing. Alright, let's dive into
a different thing now.
21. Part 21. How to work with Curves in Adobe Photoshop : Hi there, Welcome back. In this next section
we're going to look at one more adjustment
layer, another list. So we're going to look
at how to combine one or more two
adjustment layers to create awesome effect like this. Oops. Isn't it amazing? Alright, so let's look at
how to do this in Photoshop. In your source files,
you are going to see curves, care of 01. I'll click and drag this
one into Photoshop. And boom, it is going to
be in a new canvas for me. I just mean that
you are going to look at is called caves. Okay, So go to my
adjustments. Then. You are going to see curves. I'll click on that. And boom, you are going to
get something you read lie, this is not scary or is not anything difficult to work with. This one we can click and drag. This one is more or
less like the levels, just that you can work
more with this one. Okay? And when you come up here, you can see we have preset
that you can use GitHub. We can change this one to
color negative and his team. Let me get a different colors
out of the presets, okay, so it can always change this
one to one of the preset. And you can see we're getting
pretty amazing images. I'll go back to the default. Okay? So over the levels you notice
that we had the shadows, mid tones, and highlights. Here. We also have
the dark area and you also have the light
area or the right area. Okay, so when we click
and drag this one, we are writing the Image menu, click it down, we are
back in the image. Okay? So what I'd also like you to notice that you can also
use this hand here. Then you click at a place that you want to increase
or decrease the light, or you want to
control that area, or you want to bring more color or whatever you want to do, we can click and
drag this on here to increase the brightness or
to increase the darkness. Okay, we can do
whatever we want. So let's say undo, control Z to undo. Maybe I want to
brighten it up a bit. So I'll click and drag over him. And let's see before and after. Remember this is
adjustment layer, okay? It is not destructive, so we can always go back
and toggle with it. Maybe if you don't want
this or we want it to, maybe the effect
that I just apply, we only want it on him, but not on the car. So we can also click on the
layer max that we have yet, okay, with the layer
mask selected. Always Layer Mask who
had been the brush to go to my two-sided
and select a brush. You can come insulate round brush and toggle
with a size of your brush. You can live here at
zero hardness, okay? Then also we can use the square bracket to
make it big or small. Instead of coming up here to increase the size of the brush, we can just use the square bracket just near to the P key on your keyboards, increase the size or reduce it. And notice that we have YTM as our foreground color
here, or on the max. We have to paint
black on the mask to review that area
or high that area. So I'll just click to paint
and hide those areas. Okay. Let me turn
it on before after. So you notice that a car
is not affected because we have just paint
in that area out. So if I hold down the Shift key and click on the layer max, you're going to see we
have this times in it, meaning the layer
mask is not working. So before, after you see that we have
the effect on the car. But if I hold down the Shift
key again and click on it, and you see that the effect
is not on the car again. Alright? And also maybe you
would like to change the car color to something else. We have already Taco this, but let's do it one more time. So our world to adjustment, and I'll select the
hue and saturation. Then from here, I
can come up here to the master and then select yellows because we have a
lot of yellows and a car. And when I toggle relay here, we see that it changes the
color of the car completely. Let's see. We want some nice red, deep red. Okay. So something like this
and let me turn it off before, after, before, after. So this is how amazingly can
use adjustment layers to create more beautiful
scene in Photoshop. In the next section, we are
going to look at how to apply a black and white
effect on an EMI. So let's learn how to do that. Now in Photoshop.
22. Part 22. How to make a precise selection in Photoshop: Hi there. In this
video we are going to do some selections using the selection tool
that we have already looked guards who
we are going to create something like this. This flower interacting
with this test here. Okay, so let's learn how to
do that now in Photoshop. All right, to get
started, Misha, you have quick selection
and selection. Selection power L 0 pins. So I'll click and drag
this one into Photoshop. And in elevation, you know, be used Quick
Selection Tool here, and then magic wand to get made some selection where we
were working destructively. So right now I want us to work on the strategy,
but before then, let's go back to the quick
selection tool again and see what we were doing
and see how we can do it. Now with my big selection. To select it, I'll
click and drag. So you know, the
Quick Selection Tool, you can be either
on this one are the add mode or you can also be under subtract since
we want to add, let me do on this one. So when I click
easy, it's quick. It's very easy to use. If your brush is too big, you can come here. You select that also makes you, or maybe your hardness is down. Okay, so let me do that again. So quick selection then I can select the C. You
see how quick it is. Then from here. After that, what we used to do is to come back to the MOOC two. Then we will plague
and drag this one. Here. You see, boom, we
have our flower here, but you can see we
have some blacks here. So what we can do is let me
delete it and come back here. So what we can do is to go back to here and then go to Select. And you see modifying. So click on that and you'll see contracts to our click on that. And then let's go for
maybe three puzzles. Click on, okay. And you see that this
lesson comps in a bit. So when I take my
move tool again, click and drag this. Here. You see most of them is gone by. We can still go a bit further. So let's go back again. Go back to my first select, Modify contrast, and let's go for maybe
two pieces for now. Then on your move to, I'm going to click and drag
this one here, live it. And boom, we see we have
everything will move now. Okay, Then for me we can go to Edit and select the
Free Transform. Shortcut is Control
C. Then I'm going to make this one smaller
by clicking and dragging. Or maybe in your version of
Photoshop that you're using, you might have to hold
down the Shift key to get it proportion
like, good thing. And I would like to
put this one here. So Michelle, you have this far Quick Selection PSD file open so you can
play along with me. Then you want the test to
interact with this flower. So move this one
all the way down. So remember Leah management
that we learned. So I'll make this
one in-between here. And boom, there we have it. Then I can also
make a duplicate. To make a duplicate, come on the Leah click and drag this one to the plus here. Live it and you can
see it is true now. Then I'll move this
artery up here. And I can also make it small using the
bounding box around it. If you don't have
the bounding box, make sure you have show
transform controls. Check K. Alright, so this is how
to create this one, but this was a destructive
way of working. So what if you want to go
back to the selection made? How can we do it? Let's look at how to do
it now in Photoshop. All right, so let me
delete these ones. I'll select that and
delete it and go back to my selection. Then you see I have the
selection on this one. So I'll go to select, and you'll see this selected. I'll click on that to
move the selection now. Therefore me, go back to
my installation to again, then I'll clay to
make the selection. Then afterwards, instead of using my move tool to
move this one around. When I come all
the way down here, you see these things here. So you see that the red
one here, this one, I'll click on it and boom, you see, wow, it, you remove the
background and it starts to show this case, this is what recall
Leah max or K. So what layer mask does is that it tried to hide the place
that you don't want. And maybe if we wanted
to bring something back, you can do it later. So go back to my move to any C, we have this one. So you can right-click
on the layer mask. So case it is the layer max, I can right-click
on it and maybe. Disabled and max. And we see we have
everything back. We can go back and
enable the max. We can also delete
the max as well onto and we can also
apply Layer Mask. So we have already
applied layer Matsui. I know going into the
risc complex thing that we're going
to look at later. Okay? Then from here you
can see that we still have the public in the
blanks on this one too. Layer masks. What you can do is that you have the
layer mask selected. Then go to Window and Missy
property panel check. And boom, you have
property panel check. We have the density. The density is the amount of
words the bag on ensuring. So we don't want to
see the bye-bye. That's why it's
100% and feather. So let's, let increase feather. And you see that
I tried to blend the edges and blew it out. Okay. So this is not
what we are looking for. So in this situation we
were looking at layer max here you can see we
can feather the edges, as in the PBS video. I even forgot that I have done the math and doing it again, this is to your advantage. Learning it is going to help you improve your
learning skills. So there for me, how can you move this one? So read your properties
will be limiting the Theta of n We
can go to here, select and Maxwell
click on that and select and mask recipes is going to pop in in
Photoshop for us, select and mask
based PDS is just like the regular
Photoshop breaks bees. It has the footage of Variable2, just like the Quick Selection. It also have this new file, so selection that they have
brought up your selection. It also has the lasso
to end the worst. Okay, we have the Zoom tool, we have the pan around. With a pan, we can select it, move something around arcane. So by default we
are going to be on onion skin mode and
50% transparent. And what this means is that it is going to show
50 per cent of the bag. In 50 per cent of what
we have selected. We can go all the way up
to 100% sure in selection. Or we can come down like maybe
ten per cent, show or 0%. The image with a background
or k. Therefore, what we would like to do
is that Photoshop has new version of color
array object away. I think the old one
was the color away. And now we have the
objects are added to let view on the
old one from your, you'd like to do, is
that maybe you like to increase the videos. Okay? So let's be almost 4% and see what we
are trying to work with. And also note that
you can change the view from O'Neill scheme, margin at all overlay. Or we can use on black. We can also use overly on white. On black and white. We can also be on layer. So maybe if we have
Lee and the paragon, we can also be on that. Okay. Mostly when you're
working on something like this, you would like to be on black so that maybe you see what
we are trying to do. Okay? So you see this before. This is after, before. You see we have something
here called Show original. So shortcut is P, so you can click on P
to see before, after. So this was before. And this is after. So radios can work best
for you sometimes. Okay. Then you can check
Smart videos or leave it. So let me check
it, bring videos. And also sometimes
what works best. We can also work with
a global refinement, but you use that one
in our next lesson. Sometimes what is here, output settings by clicking
on decontaminate colors. And let's go on to
onion skin mode, okay? And make sure we have
decontaminate colors. So we see, we didn't, let me see before, after Photoshop try to
hide some of the pain, but it didn't do a great job. So what we can do last one
is to shift the edges, okay, so we can
smooth the edges. All the federal,
remember what I was doing and you can also
contrast these, okay? But what will work
best for this one is to check the
decontaminate colors. And then let's shift the edges. In. Photoshop is trying to
hide those pieces that we knew before, after,
before, after. It is trying to
hide those pieces, but it is not getting the
result that we are looking for. But I think something
like this works. And then we can also
decontaminate colors are k. So I think something
like this is okay for now. So let's see. This was original
and this is after AAC, how you see how distillate
and Maxwell species have remove those areas that we
didn't want all the way down. Okay. When you're done and
you come to the output, we have new layer, new layer with layer mask. So we want to work
with Leah max, click on new layer with
layer mask and click on OK. Photoshop is going to hoping what we had earlier
and what we have now. Okay. So this was before. This is after. And we still have the
LEA marks on here. And if you feel that this
is not working for you, we can always go back to Select and then modify by without one, make sure you are on
the layer itself. When you go to
select and modify, I don't think you
have a selection. You do to make sure you have
selection around this one. Or you need to leave to come. Click here, hold down
the Control key, and click on the layer max or K to bring this vaccine back. So we can go back here, select, Modify, contrast,
and let's see two. Then they will go to here,
select and deselect. Okay? So when you contrast, we have to move those things. So from here we can click
on key to delete that. But before that, we should
come out of this one. The main Lia, OK. And
then go to Select. And you are going to see invest. So you click on that to
inverse the selection. So selection are
targeting this area, but now it is targeting outside. We can click on Delete and then go to select and
deselect the selection. And I think we have a
Beta selection now. Therefore we can movies, what are the v here? Any constant C, We have
the layer max or needs, and we are working on
this transitively. So anytime we can right-click
and Disable layer masks are key and you can
also enable it. Okay, I think I
deleted it, but by dv, that is how Leah
max weight binary, that is how a layer
masks work in Photoshop. Let's look at different
thing in the next lesson.
23. Part 23. How to remove Image from Background : Hi there. In this video
we're going to do something called Select and max. How to move a background
in Photoshop. So far you have
been doing it easy. So let's make it a
little bit harder. The most complex or
difficult thing to do is to make selection,
especially around here. Okay, this can be
a little tricky, but let's look at how you move this bubble with select and max. So you can see here, I have this layer
and this one here. So you are going to change
this backbone to this, okay? So that is why I have
two layers here. You don't have to get that, but make sure you have this layer and that
one open alkene. And we're going to create
this effect now in Photoshop. So let's look at
how to do that now. So first of all, make sure you have
Quick Selection Tool selected and we're going
to make a rough selection. You see that it is selected, but I can't select anything. Make sure you have
Layer selected as well. Then from here we can
make a selection. We can also increase
the size of the brush. And let's try to click and drag to make their
possible selection. We can, from here, okay? So we see how intelligent
Photoshop is using it. Artificial intelligence,
make the selection for us. So k. If you do a ratio, you zoom in so you can
pick the Zoom to here, then go back to your
Quick Selection key and then squinch some of these down. Okay? And you can also
make your brush smaller by going here and
decreasing the size. Or you can also undo. You can also use
the square brackets and make it small or big. Hold on the Alt key. Make sure you subtract from
the selection selected, or just be on this one and
hold on the Alt key to me. Sure. Let me add displeased with you
the size of the brush. So taking your time, finding in these molecules
is going to really help me foo a Beta
of these down. Okay, I don't need it. I can drag these little details. Hold on Alt key and move
some of these things back. Some of the hair here. Photoshop didn't get it. So I'm trying to some of
the details here as well. K is not everything that
we are going to get, but I'm trying my best to
get the most out of this. Okay. So these details, then when you're done, you may select the body as well. Alright, so let me
pull this one down. I don't need these
areas as well. I'll zoom in, hold
on the Alt key, then reduce the size of the
brush with a square bracket. And then a case I think a key to subtract a bit here. Then let me see if I
can add something here. Alright, so I think something
like this is our key. Then let me increase the size of the brush by either using the square brackets are doing it yourself
at the top here. To add these views. Subtracts here, it was too much. Subtracts. Do is subtract these details. Then these ones as well. And boom, we have
everything selected On to fit everything
into screen. Then from here you will see select and max at the top here. Okay? So let's click on that noun. Then from here, you can
see that it is showing 50 per cent of the bag and
50 per cent of the image. Okay, so man is 54 and I
am on the onion skin mode. Okay? So Onion Skin move, we can change it to
matching overlay. Okay, so you can see where
we have now on black. On height as well. And this is the
selection you have made, a k. And this is on the layer that we are
trying to put this one on. Okay? Alright, so let be
on lessee on black. Then let me increase the opacity and see what
we are trying to work way. So from here, you can see we have the setting that
we can work with. But I don't think
videos is going to move most of the effort for us and smooth no further
two is not going to work. Okay? Then also contrast. No shift H is also not going
to work for us for now. So let me be at x2. Decontaminate colors too is also not going to do
a great job here. Alright. So here we can
do here is that we have these tools in regular
Photoshop tools. Okay, so we have the
Quick Selection, we have Refine Edge price. You also have the brush to also part of the
regular Photoshop to end the rest as well. So this is what we
are going to use, the fine hair brush
when I zoom in. So you can pick, use
them to click and zoom E. Then Michelle, you have your rough edge brush and make your Bryce as big as K. Let me make it at Bates big and then we can brush
on these areas. Okay. So you see telling
Photoshop that footage. So please make sure you take
a look at here again for me and see what
Photoshop will give you. Alright, so we're going
to see as well, kay? To Photoshop, please take a
look at here again for me. And it is removing the
evenness among these areas. Okay. So you see how the Refine Edge brush
tool is working. It is removing the evenness Photoshop so you just
brush over that area. And then in Photoshop
that issue, take a look at that area for you again because it didn't
do a great job earlier. So Photoshop, please take
a look at tf for me again. So I will do same here. Okay. Brush on all of the live it and wait for
Photoshop to work it out. Okay. You're going to see before
and after very soon, okay. K, k, just paint on it. Telling Photoshop to take a look at that AVS again for you. Alright, paints here as well. Alright, so let's
paint these areas, these areas and see what
we get out of these k. Photoshop is taking a
look at that again for us. Alright, so go back to my zoom to fit
everything into screen. Let's see before and after. This is not a perfect job, but let's see what
it was before. This was before. This is after you see
how amazing Photoshop is able to move all those more
detail that we don't need. We don't want out
of this are key. See how I'm even amazed It's
what Photoshop is doing. K. So we see, well, this is pretty amazing. If something is not
working for you, authority can also remove
them with a brush too, okay, So if it is not working for you, make sure you select
your price to here. Then increase the
size of the brush to wish you a hardness. And choose minus. Let me increase the size. You can use the square
bracket as well. And it can just be that one off. And maybe if you miss something and you
want to bring you can insulate glass and
add those areas. If you have a polices that
you want to add back, you can do that as well. Let's go to then subtract area and subtract the areas
that we don't want to add. Maybe it is distracting
to the view. Okay. I think undo here. I'll go back to my
fine brush and paint. This is, again for Photoshop to T look to for me once more. Okay, So you can
take as much time to find it in this
more detail so you get a perfect selection
or a perfect cutout. Okay. So for me, this was before lightweight for Photoshop load and see
what we can do next. All right, so before, after, before, after awhile,
really amazing. K Then for me Let's
change this one to on white is a bit weird. So maybe if you are going to
place this one on, alright, I'll take my brush
to select Minus and erase some of these
details that I don't see. Okay? So that is why we
have different option is what you are going to place
your subject on a swatch. Normally issue width, okay? So instead of maybe working
with on white boards, I will do is to maybe work on the layer that I'm going
to maybe on layer. And this is where I'm
going to place this one. Okay? So you can see we
still have some issues here. So what I will do next is to maybe the way down here,
insulate, decontaminate colors. Make sure is jagged. And let's see what it would do. Wow, you see the
decontaminate colors removes everything that was on, even to click on P to toggle
between before and after. I really love the
result that we are getting a k. So this before, this is after, isn't it amazing? K then also maybe what you
like to look at lastly is to be maybe on black
again and see the edges. You see that the egg is, is not as crispy as
it's supposed to be. So let's see. Maybe we can increase, maybe we can shift in
the egg is abates and then try to smooth the edges. K. Let's see before how it
was and how it is now. This was before. This is after. You see how sharp
rehab the edges now. Okay? Alright, so you see how sharp the edges. And then we can also use the
brush tool to paint of these on evenness we have
on the age subjects. Okay, So let's
paint this one off. We can either use the hard
brush or the soft brush. So let me go back to my
view and let's show it on the layer I think I
over paint on Leah. And let's see the final results. So we can also decontaminate. We can output, this case, fit everything into
screen on my Zoom, and then fit to screen
on my zoom tool. And you click on fit to screen. Okay? So this is how it
is going to look like. And then maybe you like to do is to maybe
positioning this one. And if you are through
with Photoshop, you can see we have two, matching the colors
and everything else. So that is how we can
work through this one. When you are done
with everything, we show you output a new
layer with layer masks. Okay? So it will create a new layer plus a
layer mask on top. So we can always come back
and make changes to this. Alright, so we have our
image on a new bug. And we can move
this in any place that we would like
to do. So okay. This is it. So maybe
you can bring it down, increase the size, position
it where you want it. V. And we have our new
bank loan as well. Okay. So we can also change the bargains that I
brought in as well. I'm going to leave you an image for you to move the Bible, especially complex,
placing it on a new bug. And this is how it's
going to look like. Wow, really amazing. So what I would like you
to do next is to also try to remove the background
of this Amy Sharing me, uh, let me see the result that
you are also going to get. Share with me and Pooja size. So you see this where we have
a contrasting background. We are going to remove
the background of this one so we can
let me hide this one, disable the layer max. You see this when we had a
very contrasting background, okay, so this was before. This is what we have
been able to create. So I won't remove the
background of this one and place it on this
particular bug on as well. Share with me, let
me see how you are able to read,
Select, and Mask. So you need to be in
your bag on as well. So you click and
drag the bargain and maybe scale it
to feel species. Unlock this one. So click on it or click and
drag this one to the bean. And then maybe click and
drag the bug on them. Misha, your layer is selected, you make a selection
on the Aimee. Okay. So immediately pay attention to detail so you get
most out of it. So make sure our
zoom in and make sure I get the selection
tool right here. Okay, So getting Neils, I'll get a kneels
and everything. So if you have
everything selected, then you can go here and you click select and max
goes to select the max. Then take the roughened
edge brush and then remove the background and try to cut the hair from the complex
background that we have. And also food Esau
past also bring in new future that
is called refine. Hey, so you see we find a here. So this one is in the place
of the Refine Edge brush. Instead of using this one, you can also click on refined. Hey, Photoshop is going to
use artificial intelligence to move the commonplace
background in the head. So you see for each of the fantastic job by
removing this one or K, by not doing it ourselves. And then maybe we can
decontaminate colors. And you see decontaminating the colors given
us a good result. We can also shift
the edge a bit, then increase the smooth
output with the layer masks. So you see something
that I wanted you to do. I have done it for you. Alright? And maybe we
have this problem. You can take the price to. Then I'm going a bit fast because I wanted
you to do this one, but I'm doing it with you. So I will like to
see your results. What you will be able to create
a remove the background. Black here and here, y two, removing the
places that I don't like. One. That is one thing
about the LEA magnesia. You have the soft round
brush layer masks. You can always come back
and toggle with the max, okay, and get it perfectly. So that's maybe you
are looking for K. So maybe this is what
it's going to be for it at the end
of the D. Alright, so that is how to move a subject from a bank or
from a complex backbone. Alright, let's look
at our next video where we talk about
different thing, okay.
24. Part 24. What is Smart Object in Adobe Photoshop?: Hi there. In this video we are going
to talk about smart objects. Is smarter gates. We are going to see
a difference between a smart object and
not a smart object. So let's go to File. In aerosols value are going
to see 11 Smart Objects. Then I have this into, Let's click smart objects and smart object PSD
file into Photoshop. Okay? Alright, so I have
created this PSD file which contains only the documents and why she does in a gradient. We have already
looked at gradient. So it is one of the presets
ingredient in Photoshop. And I have this test on. So let's look at smart object. So we want this image, so I want to click and
drag this one here. Okay, let's see, maybe I want to make this in the
very small, okay? So I want to make it very small. Lake on the Mac here
to accept changes. Okay, then let's say I want
to make it very big again. And I'll click on
Enter, just changes. Oops, you see that we
have lost quality. Here are the quality
on the subjects, are on the image. Gone completely crazy. So how can we put it this way? It's not yet seen, so I'll click on
this, ON delete it. And let's see. I'll click
and drag a new one. Then this one, I'll make a duplicate right-click
and you will see make a duplicate
or duplicate layer. Click on that. And let's name this one. Smart Objects. Click on AKI. Then also, I'll rename this one. To rename it, I'll just
double-click on this. To rename it as
not Smart Objects. Click on Enter to
accept changes to find out the difference between smart objects and smart object. When I right-click on the layer, you will see Convert
to Smart Objects. Okay? So when I click on that, you can see that
nothing changes. Alright? So we have
the scene in here. Nothing really changes. What changes is that we now have this little guy here telling us that this
is a smart object. So nothing really
happens to the image, but we have this
little guy here, k, that is protecting the image. And it is the difference between this matter of yet and
you see no smart object, we don't have anything there. Let me add objects. Okay? So let's see, I make all of them very small. Very small like I did earlier. Then I'll click on Enter
or Return on a Mac. And let's see, I also
make them bake again. Click on Enter or Return
on a Mac and you see, oops, one has gone
completely crazy. You see this one,
and this one hasn't. Wow, K, so you see
the difference. Now, a Smart Object
keeps everything, like you get the top quality. And notice matter doesn't
give the quality. Immediately. You scrunch it down and you open it
again, it goes crazy. But as my target is always
protecting your image for you. So that is the difference between a smart object
and not as smart objects. Okay? But one of the
Dropbox with Smart Object is that let's see if you
want to apply filters, okay, We will talk
about them later. Let's see Blair, and you see that Gaussian
blur doesn't work, okay for Smart Objects. But let me select the NA Smart Object
and go to filter blur. And you see lens blur
workforce Smart Objects are k. So I recommend you to
always go for smart objects. When you get your
image in position. Anyone to apply something that it doesn't support
a smart object. Just right-click on the layer and you see rasterize the layer. So when you click
on Rasterize Layer and become not a smart object, immediately you are done with whatever you are
trying to apply on. Or if you are trying to apply, you can go back and convert it to smart
object and use it. Okay? That is how we apply a
Smart Object in Photoshop. I'll get this one here
and maybe it's good, it's on and beads. And then I'll position
this one here. And always remember
our layer management. When we click on this
layer and bring it down, you get this one behind the rectangular shape or the ingredients
that we have here. And this is something
that I want. And then we want to fill up
the color of this one he is. So we are going to apply
what you've learned earlier, does content or rescue. So I'll make sure I have
the image selected. And with the help of the
rectangular marquee tool. Select that and then I'll click and drag to
make a selection. And I can use my arrow keys
to position this one row. Then when I go to Edit and
you'll see that content, our skew or Content-Aware Fill, is faded out because
this is a smart object. It doesn't work
with smart objects. So we need to do is to right-click on the layer
and rasterize layer, as I said earlier, then edits and then let's
apply content or rescue. You see there's a card, this is too long. Just click on it. And boom, we have a selection. Then in my case I
have to hold down the Shift key, click and drag. And boom. I'll click on our
key and go back to select. And let's deselect
the selection. Alright? So we have applied what we learned earlier to this
effect as well. Okay? Alright, so we have lookout
smart object for images. So let's look at it for
vector images or your logos. Maybe you are trying to
add it to your artwork, to our goods main source file. And then I have this Bobi get groups logo I did for a friend. I'll click and drag this one
into Photoshop and leave it. Then I'll click on
this check mark or an asset changes and
boom, you see that. You click and drag
something onto something, Photoshop then that in as
a smart object for you. A, b, c, Smart
Objects, thumbnail. Okay? So it is a smart. Obviously I can make this
one small, very small. Hit Enter, make it big. Again, hit Enter. And you see, I have the same thing. But one thing that you need
to know is that let's see, let me delete this one. If I click and drag this one, and I don't drag it on this one, but I bring it up here
to add a new document. And then if I click this one
to the smart object layer, it comes as not
as smart objects. If I make this one small and our retained and I
make it big again, you see that it
starts to get there. Then again, it is lost sharp. It is not crispy
as it should be. So different that if you open
that in a different layer, you click and drag this one into the main document that
you are working with. And you tried to scale it. And let's say you forgot to
convert it to a Smart Object and you scale it
down or data into. And maybe, oops, you
want scale it up again. This is what you
are going to get. Very terrible resource because we forgot to convert
it to Smart Object. Okay? So always remember
we can also do this one in another way that
it will keep it in this format for us
when we go to File. And you will see lease embedded, choose my file location. Then when I found it, I'll just click on
it. And places. When I click on this, you see that Photoshop please this one as a smart
object for me so I can recreate it without having any problem
with it, okay? Alright, so maybe you know how to use a different software. It's maybe greet your logo
like Adobe Illustrator. Adobe Illustrator,
that is used to create vector xi
logos and stuff. So it's really hard and soft way to create some awesome
logo and stuff. So maybe I have
this one selected. Go back here and copy, then come to Photoshop, Control V to paste. You see that it gives me an oxygen that actually
paste as layers. Smart Object, Path,
Shapes, shape layer. So you notice that based on App Guizhou earlier Photoshop had early the smart
object pixels and I think maybe path by you can also insert with all the layers that you have created
from Adobe Illustrator. But this time we're
looking at Smart Object. So you're not going to
talk over the rest of our C1 as pixels, okay? Then click on the Enter
key on the Mac here, and then Control V to
paste another one. And this time I'll
choose Smart Objects, okay, and click on our key. And then click on the
market to assert changes. And let's see, the result is the same thing
as we did earlier. We have this one could take
this one loop protection on aids or k. So if I
select both of them, so I'm holding down the Shift
key to select both of them. And I'll make them small, okay? Click on the market
as it changes. Okay, This Mac, then with a
bounding box, our open it. And go back here and click on the Mac to
accept changes again. And let's see the results. So I'll just move this one here. And let's see the difference. So let's compare them. Control Plus to zoom in. And if you have a
good eye like me, you can see that this
one is the one that is. Vector Smart Objects
and this one layer. So easy, this one, the edges are clean, sharp, crispy, bernie,
take a look at this one. Everything is horrible,
is no usable at all. So that is the reason
why I tell you to always pick
with Smart Object. So let me delete the layer. And also one advantage of
using a smart object is that maybe you want to
make changes to your logo. And since this is
a smart object, if I double-click on
this thumbnail OR gate, open up in the program or the software that
created this look. Okay, so you see that
in this case it's hoping it in Adobe
Illustrator for me. You can see that I have
come to, to make changes. So maybe our light to
scale both of them down. Okay, so I will do that. Then maybe I want to
bring the group here. And I also like to
select the white arrow. And let's see, I would
like to move this guy. So select this guy alone. And I'll move this guy here. I'll select this guy
also moving here. Move this guy also here, and maybe bring this guy here. Okay? So contribute to fit
everything into screen. Then when I see, Okay, So Control S to save. And when I jump
back to Photoshop, Let's see what we have now. Wow, you see the
logo genes to what we have in all the changes
that we just applied, or k. So let's go back and
let me do one more thing. Let's see, maybe we have this. And maybe I move this one
all the way down here. Control S to save. Let's jump back to Photoshop. And wow, really amazing. It just affects the gene ECA. Also maybe if I have
this one selected and I change the color
to white, I save it. Let's jump back to
Photoshop and oops, it at the zoo. That is another handy. We are a good way to use a Smart Object because
we can make changes. Maybe the client would tell you that I wanted
to make changes with my logo and maybe our
finished design in it. But we have everything
in smart objects. You can do all these GCN, okay? So let me go back and undo. This was how it is so true. See them back to
Photoshop and oops, it at beat itself. Okay. Okay, So let's see. I have the, I wanted
to keep one here. Right-click and I'll make a
duplicate, Duplicate Layer. Click on our key. Let me make one small. And maybe I would like to
position this one year. And also I would like to make
this one a little bigger. So just like this, I'll click on this mark
to accept changes. Then I would like to change
the color of this one. Good effects. And then I will select Color Valley layer star
is going to open for me. Then you can come here, select your color
and choose any color that you would like to use
our life to keep white. Click on aki to asset changes. And I would like to apply
the same thing here. Instead of me going
selecting the layer, come to here and
select Color Overlay. Let me give you one pro tip. I can hold down the Alt key on my keyboard or option
on my keyboard. And I'll click on this effects. That is the effect, and drag it to this one. And you see, well, it just applied on that. So let me do it again for
you to see or obscene. Hover over the
effects Fx click and drag it to the next
one and it pumps it, apply it for me. Then for me I like to reduce
the opacity of the big one. Let's see, maybe then
I'll just type in ten. Or we can even die
five per cent and have something like a
logo behind everything. And it is given that smooth, it fades are the backbone. We can move it all the way down just before the
rectangle. And gray. This is why we are having jean smaller goods
where we want it to be. Let's say, if I go back to my Illustrator or my broker
and I created my logo, and I make changes to that. So let's say I want
to make changes here. So maybe at innovating me and
they claimed that grid and the logo should be this
control S to save. Let's jump back to
Photoshop and you see it. Update both of them. This one is updated and
that one is updated. So that is how smart
object works in Photoshop. Thank you and see
you in the next one.
25. Part 25. How to Create Mock-ups in Photoshop: Hi there. In this video, we are going to take
this flat graphic here and wrap it around this coffee cup over here and kind of make it
interrogatory the bark on. Okay. So we are going
to do the same thing. Okay, So this was it. And then we're going
to create something like a mock-up or k. And then also we are going to take sample IDs to taste. Wow, really amazing. So let's learn how to
do that in Photoshop. In my source file, you're
going to see top transform. Then I'm going to click and
drag these into Photoshop. Okay, So Transform, Transform
to transform or three. Then I'm going to
open them up here. Okay, so let's start
with this one, okay, transform or three. Okay? So I'll go to
my source file again, and then I'm going
to use this logo. By DVDs is my own logo. I'll click and drag
that into Photoshop. And you know how
smart Photoshop is. So it will keep this one
as a smart object for me. Then I'll make it a bit small. The bounding box, you can
click on Control plus T, scale it a bit down. Then let me put a
duplicate over here. So this is the main one. Then right-click on it and
click on Duplicate Layer. Click on our key and our brain. The duplicate layer
over here. Okay? So we are going to look at
transform tools in Photoshop. So when we go to Edit, we are going to see transform. Okay, So we have transform here. We have the skew, we have used it, we
have used with T2. Let's look at this door skew
and this Beatty and also, okay, so first let's
start with the store. Okay? So with this
tossed like data, we can kind of try to match this one with a perspective so you see
how I'm moving this one. Okay. You see I can
move these ones anyway. I wanted to go. Okay. But they store is not
going to work for this one. Okay, so let me cancel
and go to edit transform. And with this one I'm going
to select work, okay? It work, it has some
default shapes here. So when you come up here, are going to see work. Anyhow. We are on coastal
Florida insulate. And we get this effect. You can select lower, okay? They see is what aids for us, okay, but we're not getting
what we are looking for. Ogilvie can also select APA, we can also select the porch. You can also select flag, okay? So we have many options
that you can choose from. Okay? So anything that
we want to do here, you can go crazy. And we can also go without fish. So we can isolate fish as well. Right? So then go back to costume or let me just click on this
one to evade everything. So it comes back to
here to Warp selected, we are going to try to
match the base pair t is from you wish
you were obsolete, they're so good at it. And then go to
Transform, Select work. Okay, then we'd work. I'm going to just click and drag to match the perspective. Okay? So we have
to slowly do this. You can also use this Zoom too. Zoom in a bit, okay? Those two marks will
let me zoom in a bit. And the seeking it, whoa, they transform, warp. And let's see. Let's
see, I'll click. And drag is one year, so I'm trying to match the
perspective of the coffee cup. Okay, So same year. Same thing here. Then open this guy's a beast, hoping this guy is
a weight, okay? So you can walk yourself
through this, okay? And if you are facing each
other using the smart object, you can right-click on it and make this one as
a rasterized layer. Okay, So you see
nothing junior year that the icon is gone. It is not protected anymore. Okay. So you see what you have been able
to create a walk. This is pretty amazing, Just that the logo is too big. So I'll go to Edit
Free Transform and I'm going to scale this one. Okay. Getting to a point where like you can always go back
and make changes. Me show you how the logo
selected Transform, Warp, and continue to do this until you are okay
with a final results. Somewhere like this matches the perspective so you can take your time to find him in this more details to
get a good result. Then from here you can
see we have it right, but this look at big thick
because it is too harsh. So what we can do
is select a logo, go to Blending Mode, change it from
normal to multiply. We see nothing still happening because this is black and white. So we can also
reduce the opacity. So let's reduce the
opacity to maybe 82. Okay, so maybe, I'll just taking 85 and you see the difference. So this was before. This is after. So you see the kind
of interrogatory, the background now,
then also this one. So let me right-click and
rasterize this one. Go to Edit. And then this time around, let's delete this door. Okay. It's not always that you would like to go
to Edit and select that. You can just select the logo, Control T or Command
key on your keyboard. Right-click on it
and you are going to get these same features here. Then we can select this
store this time around. And then I want to rub
this one on the ground. So I'm just using the store. Put this one here, bring this one here, and I want it to
sleep on the floor k. This is how you can do this. If it's fake mock-up
in Photoshop. Maybe have designed something, a logo for someone
and you want to shoot the person or your
clients in real time. So this is how you can go along and create fake mock-up or k. So you see how
we have been able to make these local lie down
on the floor just like that. Okay, So this, we, we click on this
Mac, I said changes. And boom, we have that one. So we can select that. Multiply, reduce
the opacity a bit, and boom, there we have it. We have been able to rub
this one on a coffee cup, make this one's leap or K. Then also let's look
at a different one. So maybe you want to also
bring in a logo on this task. So go to File, click and drag this one
into Photoshop, my logo. I'll scale it down. And you see that we don't
have much difficulty because the history
is already ions. So just double-click on it and maybe change it to multiply. Or you can also go to this blending mode and
see the one for you. You see with overlay,
we kind of get some of the bargain is too low, so we can still go through. But let's let multiply,
reduce opacity. Not too much. And boom, there we have
this one in a logo. But maybe if you have your hoodie in a
place like this where we are having these
no streets area. How can we do so? Let me bring this one to 100%. Then I will select
normal for this one. Then for me, I'll go to Filter
and I will choose liquefy. Okay, so we are going to liquefy to make this AVR blend together. So our festival or light to right-click on this
one, rasterize the layer, then Filter, Liquify,
liquify Misha, you have your forward. To select. This rule is the same
as using the what to buy gifts that this one also
give you hands to work with. Vishing. Copy the settings here, maybe the size 50, 57 for the density,
the pressure. You can reduce the
pressure and the weight. And maybe you want to see the background of
the attack so we can increase the opacity
of this video. You have Ali is, if you have layer one, we are going to have, if
we have only the logo, we are going to
see what the logo. So make sure you have all layers and we can only select
only the front. You can also select only
the back and select blend. Any of them that works for you is what you should
use. So let's see. I will select blend here. Then I'm going to E, and I'm going to reduce the
size of the pie. So what? You can use the square brackets on your keyboard to reduce it. And then you see that we have some KFC is unwilling
to work this one down. Okay? The backdrop settings
are preventing the preview of this because we have this
opacity at 95-year-old. See in the preview, that's what we're getting into, right? We'd use it. And then I'm
going to walk this area. And I'm going to walk here. Forward Warp year. Okay, so you are just
brushing on this area okay, to match the perspective. So when you're done, you can only select
their phone behind. This is what we have been doing to this is all we have between. So you can select behind. And let's see, a K. Alright, so you just have
to take your time to find in this model the deals. When you are done,
you click on our key. Nec when it comes
into Photoshop, try to blend these areas, but we didn't get a fair die. We wanted to move back, liquefying, to go
back to Filter. And I will select liquefy again and we have to make sure you
walk the top coming down. Okay. So you see this is
what you're supposed to do. Let me move this one a bit. So this area as well that I want you to understand is to
get an idea on how to use. Okay, so let's click on our
k in z already we have done, we see we have this, try this one at both. Undo, undo. Let's give it another go and see what we are
going to get, okay? Alright, so make sure you have the layer that we
are trying to work with. It's selected and
you select behind. So let's give it another go and maybe reduce the pressure. Reduce the price as well. And let's give it
another two here. And I let go here. Let me still reduce
the pressure, the density as well. Click and drag. To undo, undo, undo,
click and drag. Click and drag. Click and drag over here. So you see how I
am able to liquefy or play around with these areas to bring out
these small details. Key. Deliver this guy. You play with this guy. So let me click
on Alt key and C, you see that start to
match the best 34, it starts to match the
folding that we have. They are TAC, we
start to get that. So if you have a towel or
a hoodie with folding, this is what we should
do to get the correct or a better result
for your mockup or what you are trying to do, okay? So it is what is
supposed to look like. So let me select my logo. Bring the opacity for 100%, changes one to multiply
and reduce it. Alright, so we don't
have problems. Here, are just trying to show
you when you have folded areas or you should do
to get great results. Okay, then let's look
at a different one. So let's say we want to
create this mock-up so that anytime that we
have a book or we are working on a book project, we just open the mockup and then please our work on it and
see the final result. Okay? So all you
need to do first is to select the
rectangle two year. So I'll select my
rectangle to draw a rectangle just like this. And then you leave it. And then before you do anything, right-click on that layer and convert this one
to a smart object. What is going to happen is that nothing really
changes that we are going to have this box
of this thing here, this guy here to help us. Anytime that we do something, we just put the fifth day
and we are going to get a result with this
shape selected. All we need to do is to
go to Edit and select, Transform, select
this door, okay. Then we are going
to try to match the perspective here by
just clicking and dragging. But one thing that
you need to note here is that you need
to take your time. Take your Zoom too as well, and make sure you zoom in and pay attention
to the small d two. So good edits. Transform this door and make sure you get
the edges right. Otherwise, they're going
to have a fake mock-up. So make sure you get
the edges right. So I am holding
down the space bar key on my keyboard and
moving around the document. So I am moving to the
edges so that I can see what I'm actually Dean and
get the correct edges. I'm going to get a good
result in within 2 h. Zoom into those
small details EVAs. So at the end of the
day I'm going to get a good result. When you're done. You can click on Control to
fit everything into screen. This is where we
have k. Therefore, we can double-click on this because it was
a smart object. We have been able to open
it in a different document. So this is the
original document. And we have been able to open that document or
that rectangle here. When I go to my
document and click and drag any design, a
thought on this. Click on Enter to
accept changes. Then if I close it and save changes to Adobe for digital document before closing, I'll click on Yes. And then let's go back
to our far and you see it updates with
the information. So you can see we are
getting everything right. I can see we have a
bit of black CSO. We can double-click
on this one and maybe increase this one a bit. Then. We can also just click
on Control plus S to save. When you go back, you should have
this in Photoshop. So you see how we
have been able to create a mockup in Photoshop, which you can use to showcase your work or your artwork done. Okay, So I'm going to save this file included in
your document for you. Make sure you also
practice alone. And let me see the
final result that you get by creating this
same mockup, okay? Then also, let's see how to
go about this one as well. So we wanted to use this
nine spots in here, okay? And rapids on this. So we want to rapid
from here to here. So we can either use
that is thought to that we have here or
perspective or any of these. But what I would like to
do or go about that is, first of all, I have to right-click and make this
one a rasterized layer. Then from here, Control on
PC or Command on a Mac. Then you see the outer
turns into a hand. So when I click,
the Selection comes around the pattern or
the sheep are key. Then for me I'll go to Edit
and I'll copy to copy. Then I'll hide this layer. I still have the selection, so I'll go to select
and deselect. Then also I'll create
a new blank layer. So I can move this one on top
or you can just leave it. Then we should have
that layer selected. Go to Filter. And you will see
vanishing points. So you click on it and a new workspace is
going to open for you. Therefore, create a
plane to select that. And then we are going to
plague and click here. You can just create a shape according to what you are doing. So you see we are about to end. So I will just do that. Then we can still continue
to create another one. So go back and select this. And let's create a different
one year, so great plague. And then let's end it. And the good thing
is you can also move this one in, please. Okay? So maybe one to match the perspective
so I can just do that. And I can move this around. Move this guy here,
bring this guy, and then I have to
bring this guy here. So you see, you can always do anything that
you would like to do. Then from here you
notice that we copy the path and LEA or the image. So we can click on
Control V to paste. I'm going to have it
somewhere on this document. Just wait for it to load. And therefore, when it comes in, we can click and drag
and you see how it's just Come see a K. So
this is how it is. And I think we can hold alt key and rotate it as well
if you would like to. But let's just leave
it this way, okay. Then from here you can also hold down the Alt key or Option. On the Mac. You see a right outer
join the black one. So we can just click and drag to make a copy to the
other side as well. When you are satisfied
with the results, you can click on the top here. And boom, there we have made, we have this one
that we created from the vanishing point
by going to fill the insulating vanishing points. Okay, so in this video, we have looked at
liquefy vanishing point and the other transform tools. So what I did again is
to select the layer. Then I change the
blending mode to something that was
appealing to my eye. I think I choose light
inviting this time, I'll go with screen. And you can also reduce
the opacity if you like k. So that is how to create
a fake mock-up in Photoshop. Also, I've been able to
create this mock-up. We have been able to create
this mock-up on a hoodie. And the last one was faking this mock-up on this coffee cup and
wrapping it down here. Okay, so that is it. Let me save this one for you. So let's see this
one as a PSD file. So anytime we come around gene, anything useful, Control
S or goods fall. See, let me name it. You can also name it
whatever you want. Click on Save. Alright. Therefore we are, let me close everything
that I can go to. File. Close all. Remember this trick or
case let's apply to all. And I will select No so that
it doesn't see anything. So if I go back to
here and select solo mum would cover
mockup, open it. And let's say I want to change. I have done a
different DNA now on teaching that and put
it on this mock-up, I can just double-click here. And then maybe delete this one. So you can click on Delete key. And let's see how we
change the background to white and bring in this logo. Please. Reduce the size. And maybe I would like to
give it a gradient fill. These are things that you
can have already linked. Click on AKI, then click
Close, save before closing. And boom, this is the changes
that we have made to it. Okay, so that is how to
create a mockup in Photoshop. See you in the next video, where we are going to
look at retouching.
26. Part 26. How apply Filters in Photoshop : Hi there. In this
video we are going to look at filters in Photoshop. So we're going to look at a photo camera roll to improve in me to
something like this. See before, after. Wow, really amazing to be also
looking at Gallery Blair. So this was the original image and this is what we have is
see how you have nibbled, play some part of the image and leaving the fees
on blood thinners. We are also going to apply
motion blur to this image, to something like this. Wow, pretty amazing. And we can also sharpen this
image from year two days. You can see the difference
mild, but it works. Okay, So then lastly, we are also going
to look at fluid related to create
something like this. So let's look at how to do
these effects in Photoshop. Alright, so Michaud,
in your source file, you see 14 filters. I'll click and drag
all of them into Photoshop and wait for it load. And let's apply the
effects one by one. Okay? So let's start
with motion again. So to see the difference, I would like to
create a new layer. I'll duplicate the layer. Click on, Okay. Or you can choose to name
this one. Motion blade. I don't need my list or two. But for the sake of this, our life to name it more simply. The L is double. Let me delete one. Then I'll go to Filter. Click on that and you
are going to see Blair, and you are going to see motion. There are others that
you can play with, but let's look at
motion, the end, you see the last effect
that apply just come so you can start from zero, then move all the way up
to something that we like. And we can also change the angle where the
motion is coming from. So are likely to
have it this way. When you all carry the fate, you click on, Okay. And if you want to see
the effects in row time, make sure you have
preview check here. So you'll be able to
see it in record time. Click on Okay to apply changes. Then let's go up and
see Gallery place. I'll also duplicate the layer. Right-click, Duplicate
Layer. Click on. Okay. Then I'll go
to Filter again. And you will see blair gallery. So I'll select, Let's see, let me choose the iris. Play. With this kind of blame. You see, you will be in
Photoshop, brings you this. Okay, So we can toggle with Preview and previous
video you have is checks. We are going to see what
you are going to do. So we can move this one around
and maybe target the fees. And we can also
increase the size of these to a point where
we want to play it out. We see outside this egg
or outside the shape. We have that pleases bled and
we can increase the blame. This, we can also use it. In you out DVDs, you click on the fate is going to apply
in war time for us. I think we move, we reduce the play. That's why we're not
having an effect. By the way, that
is how it works. Also, let's look
at fluid blades. So filter, let me make
a duplicate before country G. Instead of coming
here and duplicate layer, you can click on
Control G or Command G. Make sure the
layer is selected. Filter, Blur, Gallery, and
select Field play or key. So third blade, you to play from a point to a
different point. So let's see. I want to make here the original image and I
want to play the other side. So let's see, let me
increase the play. Let me bring this one here. And let's see if
this one also here. So this is the mean one. So this place is not
going to be played, but all the other areas
is going to be blade. I can move this one
all the way to give it some interval so that it is going to play
to these points. Okay? So you see how I have been able to give these
areas not played. I don't want this
area to be blade, so we can just work with
that AVS and Blair, the other areas that we don't. Okay. Alright. So this is how
filled blade also work. Okay, let me cancel it. Then. Let's look at how to
sharpen your image. Okay? So to sharpen your image, go to Filter and you are
going to see shopping. We can sharpen our image. You can sharpen the
edges of the image. We can shopping
mall on shopping. So let's look at this one. You just have to click on it. So let me create a new layer. Or a duplicate,
duplicate filter, shopping and shopping image. So let's see. This is sharp
and this is not sharp. So the difference here is mute, but it really works well. We can also go shopping
mall. Shopping mall. And let's see the difference. Sup anymore. And you see we have more details here than this one
is either D2L, CA is mu, but they
do TCA or more. That is how you can
sharpen your image. Lastly, let's look at how
to work with camera roads, improve your image so
that once you go to filter and you will see
camera roll, click on that. Wait for it to load and
we can apply our Effects. Before that, I would like to
cancel and make a duplicate, Control J to make a duplicate
and go back to camera again so we can see the difference when we are
done applying the effects. Alright, so hey,
tomorrow open for you, make sure you own,
okay, these two. And then hoping that we
can work with this one. So from here I can see that we have a lot of
yellows on his feet. So I can push this one a little pack to move
some of the yellows. I can move this slider back a bit to move
some of the yellow. So you can also click on
this toggle before, after. This was after, then,
this was before. Okay. Then I can
also toggle with a thin k. So maybe
I'll move it here, just one or two. And I can also toggle. It is Pooja. So exposure is how bright or how dark
you want your image. So let me increase it a bit and contrast like how
balance your image is. Our like to leave
this one as zero, then you are more highlights
are due on Darkness, are light to reduce the highlights depending
on your image. So you have to find in these figures are these
light is to fit your image. So with this one to our light to remove some of the shadows and maybe increase the variety and make sure back in the
places that it's dark. So let's see what we
have done before. After you see how it
would improve the image, we can also toggle
with a texture, the texture of the image. I don't like to use
this one, so undo. We can also toggle
with a clarity. And this one too, I normally push it out
maybe two or three. You can go further as you want. And we can also dehaze the EMI, so we want to add a
bit of color to it. So let's go around 19. Let's see. This was before. This is after. Let's add a bit of vibrance so that the, I'm going to pop. We can also add a
bit of saturation. Okay. So before after, you can see how improve the inmate is becoming as we are toggle
with the slightest, can also be in the caves and recreate a cave so we
can increase the halide, the brightness from the basic
ally to come to the detail. And maybe sharpen
the image or beads. And also reduce the
noise. You see. As I push this forward, you see any noise in the
image is being removed. And also I can color noise or maybe the
color is not consistent. You can just reduce
that to see before and after how I have been able to reduce the noise in the image. A very smooth one. We can also work with
the Columbus term, having hue saturation
and luminance. So maybe normally I start with a luminance to
go with the red. I think everything is okay here, toggle with the yellows. So maybe I would like to
push it here. Just three. That one was oranges and
the yellows. I'm from day. I come to this saturation. Red beads. They oranges. So I think I'll push
this 12, maybe. Three yellows, reduce
the yellows a bit. And we can also
work with the hue. So if we have different colors, you can work rate maybe cyan. So we don't have any
of these colors into. Alright, so I think we
have a baby blues here. So this is the original. So we would like to
who is the blue's? A bit so you can do whatever
you would like to do here. So we have to come and
explore with all of these Calibri and
other stuff as well. Normally I ended calibration. Maybe you also like to
add a vignette effect, so we have it under Effects. We can increase this to
add a white vignette or black veneer
effects on the image. So if this is something
that you like, you can add a vignette
effect as well. So when we do that, and this was before,
this is after. I think we have veneer
is tumor before, after. You see how improve
in what we have, then maybe I'll end with
the calibration toggle it is increase this guy
and this guy bates. Finally, you click on Alt key. You can also see your preset
like what I have done. So if I have images
from the same spot, I can click on Save Preset and come
back and use it later. When you come back, you
might find it here and appreciate you are going
to see presets here. We said here that I use
for different images. So maybe one mine to
grade your image, but I don't think any of them. Whoa. Then when you argue
with 80, click on AKI. So this is how to also apply a camera roll a fair
to improve your inverse. So this was before
and this is after. See how improve
the image is now. Alright, so that
is it for filters. We have several of
them here by these are the letter that
we are looking at. You can also lend at
this on your own. So let's end this one and
get into a different thing.
27. Part 27. How to Retouch Images in Photoshop : Hi there. In this video, we are going to look at
retouching in Photoshop. Okay, so we're going to
take these teeth from here all the way to
sample like this. Okay, Wow, you see
how bright it is. This was before, this is after. Then we're also going to make a magic light
coat, you can see here. So this was before. This is after. Then also, we are going to also completely remove this
thing to this, okay? And we're also going
to look at how to make the eye
Brighton light days. And we're also going to
try to make these red. I come back to life
or K. Then also, we had somebody here, but he's no more.
So this was it. Oops. And then we have this now. Well, really amazing. So we have nothing anymore. Okay? And the last one too, we are also going
to see how somebody was here but was
removed completely. Redford. This is my
favorite tool in Photoshop. So let's look at how to
use them now in Photoshop, okay, how close everything. And it will start
all of them again. To check your source files. And I helped clues, dumb ones like the content away, one selected eyes, once like this or the one
that I haven't selected, you are going to try yourself. So i 0 to try and solve, I have part one selected. Let me add this patch as Wo, red eye spot healing
brush one selected, go to Select it instead. Let me select three. Also. I have teeth. There are so click and drag
all of them into Photoshop. Wait for it to load, and then let's start to
create magic with Photoshop. Alright, so let's start
with Spot Healing Brush. Spot Healing Brush
or three January. Thank you, Jenny. V. Okay. So when you come to
you to cite here, I think we have used these
days have been used this one. I don't think so. We have used this and I don't think I've
used this one as well, so we are looking
for this one, okay, so you'll see this
when you click in. Photoshop is going to
open the rest for us to. Anytime you see. Site entity means there is something
potentially leaving day. Okay, so when you
click in wooed, so this is how it is. I click and hold footage
or bring down one. And we are going to use this one called Spot Healing Brush. Alright. And you can also notice
the ship cards j. So let's see. I have the spot healing
brush selected. Mine brushes to use
a square bracket to reduce the size or come
all the way up here, gene the size and also
let me bring the hardness down or let me have the
hardness adequate is. And then use the square root, make it big or small. Then with the spot
healing brush, I just have to paint area
that I want to remove. Wait for the magic to happen. Boom, photoshop has been able
to move that paint on that. Photoshop is using a
artificial intelligence to analyze the area. Takes them please, that is
clean and fill that area. Okay. So paint again. Oops. Paint again. Wow, very amazing. Key. So you see how you have been able to remove this, okay? So let me undo, undo. If yours is not working, maybe mixture you have content. Await check here, okay. If you don't have content
away, check here. You are going to
get this effect. Let me take the
opportunity to show you Healing Brush to okay. So this is Spot Healing Brush. Spot the area and it
filled or hues that area. But the healing brush tool, we have to make the
sample ourselves. So I'll make my advice be
using the square bracket. Then I have to hold down the Alt key or the Option
key on the Mac sample, an area that I like. So you hold down the Alt key, eclipse sample, and
then you paint relates. Click, Make a sample. I'll click here,
make a sample here, and then paint that's in that you can make
your back small, make a sample, and
you paint with it. So that is the
difference between the spot healing brush in
the healing brush tool. The healing brush
to you have to make a sample of the area that
you want to pay it off. And the Spot Healing Brush tool that automatically analyse the area and fuel the area
that you are trying to hide. Okay, so let's look at
Spot Healing Brush Tool. And with the spot
healing brush selected, I want to remove this one completely so I
just paints here. Okay, Leave it for Photoshop
to analyze the area. And wow, really amazing. You can never tell
there was anything day. Let's try to do seem year. So I'll paint on this
beautiful girl here. Okay. Wait for Photoshop too low. And by the way, my rata. Thank you, Marta. Sorry if I didn't
get your name row. And oops, you see, it doesn't work all
the time by the z, how intelligent Photoshop is being able to remove
hair completely. So let me paint again. So our try to paint here again. And what you see is gone. If you don't get the
result that you are looking for at a first glance, you can just paint again and it will remove
everything for you. Oops, let's try this one if we can remove
this one as well. Wow, sometimes I'm just
impressed with Photoshop. What Photoshop can do? Like, I use these
to again and again, but anytime that I use it, I am just amazed with what
Photoshop is being able to do. Rejects, a click or
a twinkle of an eye. I'm just always in
place using these two k So you see how
Photoshop is being able to move this so you can paint as much as you want
and just leave it for Photoshop to
analyze the area with eight adolescence aid and
clean up the area for you. We just think open I, alright, so let me cut red
eye or key with AI, how to move with ISO, another spot healing
brush tools. You're going to see or spots
red eye to select that. And all you need to do
is to click on that. To remove that, click on that. It's super easy to do. Remove red eye. But please make
sure you come here. You select the second one, you do it yourself. The Spot Healing vice O1, you try that one on your own. Then also we are going
to use the patch tool. So the patch to our light
to use this one phase to the other part too is also
another spot healing price. Here is it? So if
we select that, we just have to make a
selection around this area. K on the subject that we
want to move completely. Then we can just click and drag this one into area
that is clean, super clean, leave it. And boom, you see how Photoshop is being able to move that. So this one is using
source or key. You see sauce and that one
was using content away. So you see how query
my Photoshop is. Let's take the opportunity
to learn attitudes as well. So maybe we haven't learned
these to the Lasso tool. We can use this Lasso to make a very loose selection around our subjects are k. Then you come back and we select
the spot healing brush. And you move that one
area that you want to duplicate or your source. And boom, we have that
we can use the two interchangeably and get the same results
at the same time. Okay, so let's try to use
the Spot Healing Brush here and see what we can do
so we can select this area. Move this guy here. Well, really amazing. So let me duplicate the layer. Gone through J to
duplicate the layer. Instead of Right-click
duplicate Leah, we can just click on
Control G or Command J to duplicate that layer
and make a sample here, click and drag over here. So just light is, and boom, you see how Photoshop
is being able to remove this guy for me. So I guess sample it please, which is not okay for me. Then I just use it please. Or a source which is clean, super clean, and leave
it for Photoshop to do. 8 mi. Wow, impressive Photoshop. I am, I am over embraced
with Photoshop. This is super easy to use. Make our life easy. Wow, to make a copy. Boom, you see the result
that we are getting. This is super, super
amazing, mind-blowing. And sometimes to maybe when
I make a selection here, click and drag this one here. You see, I get some weird thing is what
I would like to do. To select the maybe
the Spot Healing Brush or the one that we have
been talking about, the glues them to a key to that we're going
to talk about soon. Without one, we also Autumn
PC option on the Mac. Make a sample and let's see, I would like to disconnect this area of D. So
make your sample, then disconnect this area of K. Make a sample and
disconnect this area. I'll make it sample and try
to disconnect this area. So when I go back to mine
Spot Healing Brush Tool, instead, I'll make the
selection on those area, then move that NEC. I don't have any trouble. Again. I would like you to
complete the rest. Okay. Almost done, but I would
like you to finish up. Okay, So this is an amazing tool that you
can use to make changes. We see before, after,
before, after. Let me to move this
one for you to see. Also you can use these
terms interchangeably. So if I select this, I can go to Edit and
select Content Aware Fill. And Photoshop is also
going to analyze the area and spot some areas to
fill that area from. If you don't want
Photoshop to sample any place to paint where it is. You can just paint with the minus k. So we have
plus and minus. We can add to a selection
maybe for this. So I want to sample
this area as well. But maybe I don't want
you to sample these EVs because if you sample this area is not
going to look good. Okay? So you can do that. And you see there,
here in war time, you click apply and
you click on our key. With this one for the shop, create a new layer on top. And you see before, after. That is how these two work. Let's look at part one. I think we are done
with this one. Then let's go to hi. So with the eyes, we are going to use a
different tool called Dodge. So when you come
to your two sides, we are going to see this one. You see this is though we have been and we have the spine, so we're going to
use the Dodge and we want to buy it in a, I, buy. Before that, I'll click on
Control J to make a duplicate. You see I have two layers. Now, I want to see
what I'm trying to do with the help
of the dodge tool. I'm going to use the
square brackets, make it small, big. You can always come here and toggle over the
size of the brush, if you like, then
we can paint here. So you can use a square
bracket to make it small and paint carefully. You can also toggle really exposure if it is
too much for you. But I will leave mine because
of the sick. Let's see. Before, after. Wow, wow. Let's see, maybe you want
to decane the eye or maybe here a bit so you
can just select the vein. So the difference
is that the bend docking AVS and the
Dodge Brighton E. So you see how we
are able to dock this area on May these
areas a bit darker. So before, after, before, after. If you overdo, you
can always reduce the opacity and
see before, after. Okay? So let me make it food per saints, who
hundred per cent. So you will notice
the different backend that came the eyebrow
backing these EVAs, change it to two, and then let's make
the eye brighter. I also paint here. Let's see before,
after, before, after. Wow, really amazing
Photoshop, which is wow, Photoshop always e-mail me
anytime I use these two. Then also let's look at content our way that
we just looked at. So if you make a
selection, so let's see, I use the Polygonal Lasso
tool to make a selection. So with this one, click it, make a selection on that area. So you just click
around the erasing me. You want to make a
selection and dates and EC, ethane in today's
rounding selection. From here, I'll go to Edit
and select content array. If you are using an old version, you have to go to fill and
instead of content away, then you see contents. When you open it,
you're going to see content that we select
that click on aki. Photoshop is going to use it
artificially intelligent. Analyze the area, and feel
that you have for EC. How amazing All very
good Photoshop is. When you're done, you can
just click on Control Z, select and deselect
the selection. So maybe you want
to remove this. I will just make a selection
with polar coordinates to make a selection around. This EVAs everything
that you want to move. The selection, then EBIT and
our select content that way. If you use the new one
that footage of abroad, you see it make a selection on the places that it
is sampling from. Maybe I don't want it
to sample from year. December from year
to year as well. Yes. Well, maybe if you
wanted to sample any place, you can select the glass and you can just
add those areas. You are okay with it. You click on Apply. And finally you click on it. You see they fit
row time, you sue. You see we had shoes, we have shade here but
all of them is gone. Click on aki and boom,
wow, really amazing. This is content that way. Before, after, before, after k. Then in the last section
or we have another more. So in this one we are
talking about glucose dumped to thank you
Charlie for this image. Alright, so let's see, we have some blemishes
on the fees. We want to remove it. The spots. We can either use the
Spot Healing Brush, reduce the size of your brush, then just click on aids. Photoshop, we just
remove it for you. We can also use
the healing brush. Make a sum four, click on it, it will move down
for you as well. So let me make a
duplicate Control G so we can see the difference. Then we have a new tool here. I think we just use it
as the clone stamp. So we tell Photoshop that
we want to copy this area. So hold down the Alt
key on PC option on a Mac mechanism for
paint on that area. A lot of retailers
use this tool a lot because it made the awake easy. It's super easy to you
and as efficient as well. So if you are somebody on this course and you're trying
to get into photography, this is what you are going
to match drain from Yale. Going to look these
areas very well because they're going to
retire a lot of feces. You are going to
have a public way. You have blemishes
on your videos fees, or your Soviet feces. So you have to learn how to
move those blemishes using the clone stamp tool or any of the two that we
just talked about. Okay, so you see how
Photoshop is intelligence. So I'm just holding down
the Alt key makers sample. We move my hand and just painting and I'm even
using the brush tool. You can use the Wacom tablets or the pain to make your
life easier for you. Okay. So let's see,
before and after. This was before. This is after. Wow, really amazing. I'm even embrace it Photoshop. Wow, Wow. This is so nine
or K. So the last with tasks that we are
going to do is read a, D, E, C, D two O2. Okay, so let me zoom
in and let's try to make the teeth
brighter a bit. So here we are going to use
it to die we have just used, and that is the Dodge tool. We use the Dodge tool
to rise in the eye. So we can also use the same
writing the teeth as well. So Control G to
make a duplicate. Okay? And then let's paint here. Okay, So let's see before,
after, before, after. Okay. One more thing
that I would like you to also note is that
this is a productive, so make sure you take it. In case you are using
the clone stamp to professional
create a new layer. I'll create a new layer. Then you work on, you select current layer, we select current and below. The fact that you are
going to apply is going to apply on a
different layer for you. Okay? So let's see, let me undo this one. Let's see, I have
this blemishes here. I'm on the new layer and make sure you are on
current and below. So I'll make a sum
for fill this area. Make a sample here and
fill this area as well. So this way you are
working on destructively. First, we're working
destructively. So maybe if you do something wrong when you want to go back, there is no way of going back, but when you do this, you will be working
on destructively. Then you want to these areas. So I'll make a
sample paint things. Maybe it is the end of it
and I have a good result. But sometimes when you use this tool a lot
and you zoom out, you see, wow, the effect is
too much so you can toggle. And you notice that may be the before was better than after. So maybe this was before
and this is after. Or if you see that the
effect is too much, you can always come here and reduce the opacity all
the way down a bit. So maybe 50 per cent. So we have 50 per
cent of the faith and 50 per cent of the
basins will face. Some things. We will
just paint, paint, and identify the person, become like a plastic to the
person by dv column plus d because we have overdo
what we're supposed to go. We have over applied the fit. This is how you can retouch
images in Photoshop or K N here and dive into
a different thing. Alright.
28. Part 28. How to Manipulate Text in Adobe Photoshop : Hi there. In this video, we are going to learn how to manipulate taste in Photoshop. Alright, so we are going to
create something like this. Well, really amazing. Then. We're also going to learn how to create a WBS tool in Photoshop. So let's learn how to do
that now in Photoshop. Okay, So I will
just delete this. Alright, so let's say you have your test type in Photoshop. I just fill the background
with a gradient or k, and maybe I have my taste and I want to
manipulate the test. So we have to select the test, make sure you have
the gray on it, okay? So it is selected. Let's see. Let me make a duplicate just
in case you don't need it, but let me make a
duplicate click on the I to disable the
visibility and visual. This one is selected. There we would die. And we are going to
select Convert to Shape. Okay, so we are going
to convert this one to shape them for me, you see that our test gene
two shapes are very big. If there's two, we can
change it anymore. Okay, then from
here we're going to use this one just
under the taste too. Okay, the big T, this one
called the direct selection. So we are going to click
and drag over here, okay, to make a selection
around that area for us. So when I play C, I am able to move this one down. You can also hold down the Shift key to keep it in proportion. Okay, leave it and you
see, boom, the first.com. I can also click and move
this to at the same time. You don't even need to click. You can just click around
this age to manipulate that. Click here to movies on top. Click it, move this one here. Okay? Then we can also click here. Move this out here. Okay, so this is how you can create a test manipulation using the direct selection to buy
before then you have to go to type and convey
this one to sheep. Okay. Then also how do we
add Adaboost took? So let's see this artist. I have already typed it. Here. You can see the effects. We can add a stroke here, so I'll click on it or a stroke. And boom the phage to
capitalize for me, you just have to select
your size outside, inside, like whatever you want. And we can also change the blending mode to
something different. Okay. Let me keep it at
normal for now. Okay. Then you see that when you are using the latest
version of Photoshop, we have this plus
sign on the stroke. That means we can add one more. Okay? So when we add R1, select that and open that
and change the color to something that you desire or you like to use and increase
the size of it. And boom, we have tools to
create it in Photoshop. But if you don't
have this feature, you can also do it. Okay? You create one, you click
on Enter to accept changes. Then hot you have to do is to right-click and make a
duplicate of this layer. Again. Click on OK. So you are going to
recreate it down one double-click on
the stroke thumbnail. It is going to go up in
the Layer Style for us. Then I can increase
the size of that gene, the carrot, something I prefer. And boom, we have been able
to create a W2 in Photoshop. Alright, that's it
for this video. See you in the next one.
29. Part 29. How to Create an Action in Photoshop to Retouch your Images : Hi there. In this video
we're going to look at how to create this in Photoshop. Wow, this is amazing. So taking this image
from here to that, by learning a new trick, using an action in Photoshop
to make our life easier. Okay, so we are going
to learn how to create an action in Photoshop. And by the way,
Photoshop actions or user builds series
of recorded tags or command that you complete back and record on a
single or multiple files, the assembler to
Macros or shortcut in that that can help
you to meet tax. Okay. Do you notice
it's cut in Photoshop, maybe Control S to
save your files to, and actually does
something like that that help you to perform
the same thing. Again, creating that action. Anytime that you are about
to perform that tax, you just click on a single
button and then boom, you have that perform for you. And all you need to do is
to continue from there. So let's learn how to do
that now in Photoshop. All right, So to start with
our goods to my file and I'll click skin retouching
01 into Photoshop. All right, so when you have
your file open in Photoshop, all we need to do now
is to start creating our action and to create
an actin in Photoshop. Make sure you have
the axiom panel. So I'll go to Window. And then I'm going to see action just at the top
here. Click on it. A new panel is going to open somewhere on your
Canvas for you. Then from here, we are
going to start to record the Actions tab by
clicking on this group. Okay, so click on the
group to create a new set. Then maybe I'll name this
one as Photoshop Essential. Click on Alt key. Then for me, I'll click on this plus sign here to start actions. So you see we have the set
here for the shop essentia. And let's name this one
as Frequency Separation. Then from here, I can choose a shortcut for my
actions. So let's see. I want to select F2 for
my action and maybe add command to it to our
mixture or command is tick, tick the shift. Let me make it early the Shift, Shift plus F2 or k. Then I can also choose
a color for my actions. So let go for maybe green
and click on Record. Then from here,
photoshop is going to record oocyst that I'm
going to use. Okay? So first of all, I'll
make a duplicate of the background and make
a duplicate Control G. To make a duplicate. I'll also click
on Control J once more to make another duplicate. Then I can rename the file. So I'll name this one
as my low-frequency. And I also need this one
as my high frequency. Nest our hide my high-frequency,
select my low-frequency. Then I'll go to Filter
blur and Gaussian blur. Then I'll move this one
all the way back to zero and start to
increase the size. Okay? So I'll increase the
size to a point where I see that all my colors
is being mixed up and I start to lose the details on the
face or maybe something like this is what our
n. Let's see, 16.6. And I'll click on, Okay. Then from here I
will turn on this. Okay, so ten divisibility select the layer and I'll go to image. And I will select
Apply Image again. From here, I will
leave this as it is, and then layer oscillates
low frequency. And then I will change
the blending mode from multiplying two, subtract, and leave all the
rest of the settings, as it is opacity
hundreds skill to say it once and then
I'll click on AKI. Then I'm going to change the blending mode of this
because we can't see anything to blending mood. And I will select Linear Light. Therefore me, I can select
both of them holding down the Control or Command
key on the Mac. Click and drag this
one to the food here. Then boom, we have
this one group, so we can name this one
as Frequency Separation. Then from here, this is our frequency
separation now hoping that and select
the low-frequency. And I'm going to also select my brush tool and the brush to, I would like to use the
mixer brush to select that. And maybe I'll leave
my width 30% load. Mixed it and flew 20. Okay, and boom, our oxygen. Leads now so I can end it, end to end your oxygen
or you need to do is to click on this square, C p. Okay? I'll click on that. And an
oxygen or oxygen is complete. Okay. So let's see, This
was before and after. So anytime that you finished
greeting a fragrance, a bridging oxygen, then on
the visibility on and off, you don't have to
see any changes. If you did, then you
didn't create it. Whoa, alright. So let me delete this
one and let's play the action to
oscillate my oxygen. And you remember this? Plus F2. Boom, you see that
footage of this greeted everything for me, Aki, something to this uprooted. When you are using the oxygen, you want Photoshop
to stop at a place where it was using the
Gaussian blur or K, so that you can change the
value of the videos to your choice or to
a different figure that will work for
your work, okay? So all you need to do is
to look for Gaussian blur within the oxygen and
click on this to check it. Then when you're done,
you complete the action again and immediately get to Gaussian Blur
and stops the end. We can change finally
to maybe 18, okay? And we can click on
Alt key and it will continue and
complete the action. Alright? So when we have this, we can start painting to make sure you have your
low-frequency selected. Any mischief brush to select it. Make sure you have this one on, check this one tick and copy the settings here. D to E and Z. And we can start to
blend the colors, okay? So you just have
to click and drag, move it around the body too. Hide some of the things
that you don't like to see. Or we could have also remove blemishes before
doing what we're doing. By saying, this is in
a form of tutorial for teaching you how
to use an auction. There was no need,
but if you are somebody who reads to
endanger photography, then these are the
things that you might be spending your time
mastering it very well. So I'm just going to
continue painting. You see how for the
soap is intelligence to hide their blemishes over here. Alright, so let's see before and after how we have
been able to use this process to find
in this image to get a good result or a
beta version of that key. So anytime you have images, you like to do the
process to get to where we were before we started
giving it out for rent. Okay. So to do that, that is how to create an oxygen. And anytime that you
have in your work, you can just play the
oxygen and boom, have it. So if you want to also change
the oxygen to the button, you can come here, select this one and
select the first one. Remember, our oxygen
colorless green, so we have it here
plus the shortcuts. So we can get it on an
image and it's not working. Okay. So that is how to greet
and oxygen and apply retouching using the oxygen plus it may surprise to in Photoshop. Okay. See in the next video where
you learn something new.
30. Part 30. Design Inspiration: Hi there. In this video, we are going to look
at how to design stuff in Photoshop, okay? So we're going to design
something like local letterhead, business card, certificates,
product design spores, and zoom many things to try out. We're going to take
our skills that we acquired through out
this journey and put it in your practice before I start any work or
before I start to design anything I like to get inspiration is because
what we are going to do, some people have
already done it before. There it is saying that there's nothing new under the sun. So before I do anything, I like to go see what
people are doing. So I can go to work around it and maybe improve upon
what they have been doing. Okay. Alright, so let's see, I would like to come
out with these logos. Okay, so before I will try
to do that in Photoshop, I have to look at
some people's work, like how it would come
out with their own. And then I'll work
my way to that. Okay. So I look out some
on the Internet and let's see the name of the
company that are late to work on a logo for them. Maybe called bacillus deduce. Okay. Maybe I would like
to represent the letter P for that or create something dramatic
because pastoralists do. And maybe it is about
visual design and adds to our light to create
something in Dassault, or let's say you want to
create a church logo, maybe a school of goo, maybe Barcelona, greater
viewing, visiting those stuff. So before I do that, I would like to go
to the Internet. And the first place
that I go is Google, because Google is the biggest search
engine for stuffs, okay, so anytime that
you want to search for something on the Internet, make sure you start
with the go-go. Then it will take
you to the places where they actually
have those tasks. Okay, So let's see,
pastoralists deduce. I will start with the p.ball and maybe search for P logo
and click on Enter. Alright, so this is going to
open some samples for me. And I'll come here to images. You see how people
have created the logo out of p. So you can
do this for any later. You can do this for
anything at all. Okay? So you see the kind of inspiration that I'm
getting from here. So you can just come copy
some idea from here. Put a pencil and a paper
or pen or an active pump sketch some ideas
out of 41 to do. Then you create your own. So you see how this
one is very nice. This one is very nice. I like this one too. So I can just work
my way to alright, and create my own thing, okay? And you can also combine them. And also it may be, I would like to
maybe add the zoo, pass a list of useful
as logos and also see how people have
greetings and like S logo. Okay, so you see how
stars work to ISI. This one, very dramatic. Alright, let's see maybe, I'll also search
for maybe TDU logo. Let's see graphic design, logo and see the concept that'll
be increasing concern in graphic design. Alright, so anything after that, you would like to create
a logo for all your life, to create a design for
come to Google search that maybe you want to create
associa, media flyers. Then you click on Enter and see the results that will
come on your way. Alright? So these are results that
is coming on your way. And let me give you an output. When you see something
that you like, you see that this one
came from free pig, you can click and
open the site itself. Visit the site itself. We are going to get
more of those contents. Okay? So let's go to maybe I like this one and you will see social media friends
who you will clean. It will take you to this site. That's the design, okay? Too. All these things
are something that you can come here, search for, get an idea on how people
are doing things and then you can work around
it, improve upon it. Because maybe you are
starting out with graphic design and
you don't have so much knowledge about this, we have to look at sample so you will not be
out of context. You would like to compete
with those already in the market and you
will not lie to create something which is. Orange or which is not good or which is a
very bad design. You want to compete with them. And looking at the waist, then you improve upon
what you have been doing. And when you are
walking by on a rule, you will see some work
that we've been doing. If you see something that touches you or catches your eye, take a picture of it. When you come home, you
come and try it out. Okay. So these are places
that you can constantly see. It has taken me to the actual
site and it is free pig. Here you can get PSD files, you can get more carb. We can get a lot from this side. Okay. So if you don't
know any site to go, look for IBS, just go to Google. Click on the side
that's brought to you, then you're going to get
more ideas from them. Okay? Alright, so let's look at
a different site or so. I also like come into Pinterest. Pinterest is also a
great graphic design, please, that I always visit
to get inspiration from. Okay, so this please do you can get more of logo type from here. Okay, so maybe I want
the scene p.ball logo. When I just type in P
logo, click on Enter. It is going to show me
samples p.ball logo that people have designed
and they have come in play. Here are uploaded it. Here. You see the results
that I'm getting. The kid. Maybe somebody asks
you to design, maybe a beauty salon, something that's going
to help you create. Amazing. So okay, and you are not going to
really impress your clients. You are also going to
impress yourself and also use that to
build your portfolio. Pinterest, you can get
Rho design from here, maybe sports design. There are a lot of
things that you can find here and you can use that and build
upon it so you see what people have been doing. You see this one is very nice. You can click on it, take a look at it, and if you are working on
such projects, you come here, get an idea on how
people are doing things, okay, So since you know, most of the things, you know how to use stars, this is what you have
to be doing next, okay? And also another great
site that I would like to also emphasis on Behance. Okay, So when you come
here behind the nets, you are also going to
find a lot of them. So you see p.ball logo and
see what people are creating. These are professional people. And if you see anything
interesting, just open it. Okay. I like this
one, this profile. This is very unique. You click on it, it
will load and you see what the person up done, you see the logo on
a different bug. Well, so all these things are going to also
help you on how to present your work behind is also a place that you can
build your portfolio. You just have to come sign
in or set up an account here and start uploading
your staffs are k Let's see. Let me open a different
procedure for you to see how you can use the hands to create
your portfolio for yourself and you
upload your content. And anytime that somebody
asks you for something, you just direct them
or you give them a link to come visit
squatting I've done already. Okay, so you see how this person has
created these little Gu, has given the color sample here, the type that you use, okay? This is how you can also come
out with your own ideas. Okay? Let's see, maybe you are asked to
design a letterhead. So let the head and maybe business card so you can't hear the
typing that thing. You can do the same thing at
Pinterest and Google are, so you are going to get great
results as here as well. It okay? Or ICC
letterhead design. And you see the result
that we are getting. Wow, this is really amazing. The head and the
business card as well. This is well done. So you can come here, search for things that you
are going to work on it. And then you try to
mimic or copy some of these ideas and make it
your own style or k. So you see how this
one is well done. I like how he has been
doing these things. Okay, so we're going to also take one of these projects that this person has done
here and create something like this
because I like his works. So we're going to
look at how to create such letterhead and a
business card in Photoshop, okay, and maybe put
it on a mockup for you to see the final result like he has done here. Alright. So you see how he has created is more carob
or maybe he has diluted it from the Internet and is using this mock-up,
two suitcases work. I also like this logo over here. And how he has created is
letterhead very unique, one color. Everything is simple. And also, let's see, maybe you want to choose a specific color
for your search. You can also come here
and you see color. Maybe I want blue
is select blue to. It is also going to bring
out before blue design. So maybe you see the
letterhead design in blue. So you can pick colors. Maybe your client has given you specific color that you
would like you to use. So you can come here and see
how he has mix the colors. Maybe you don't know
how to mix colors. This is a place for you
to explore such ideas, okay, get content
like you about greed. And also, if you really want
to know how to use colors, because Kayla is everything. If you do agree design
with bad color, it's going to mess
up everything so you would like to get
your colors, right? Okay. Do we have different
types of colors? We're not going to cover
that in this course, but we are giving you
the foundation ground for graphic design. You see we have different
types of colors. We have an logos, we have monochromatic,
complimentary colors, red colors. Okay, so you see all of these and you can also
copy these as war. You can also go here
and maybe choose as PLO and maybe search
in some colors, okay? Many typing some colors, that 12 is going to
give you something. Great. Today's plots load, okay, so you see the S plot. It is giving me these colors. And if you like any of
the maybe like this one, you can open it. Corporate color codes. Okay. So when you copy this color code
inserted in Photoshop, so let me show you some
four I have copied as one. And then I can
open one of these, hoping my foreground
color, okay, then Control V to paste
the color code here. I'll highlight this one. Too varied. Click on, okay. And you see I am
getting that color is anytime I draw 3D shape, maybe with a rectangular shape, it is going to fill
with that color for me. Alright, you see we
have that color here. We see the color here. I can copy this again one and
maybe also copy this one. And we Please, Carlos drew V to paste and you see
I have those colors, so you can go to color.adobe.com
and then as blow here. And maybe you can also search
keywords like maybe saloon. Maybe you are
working on a project for a saloon and you don't
know the colours to use, you can type that keyword. There. We have Saloon
that is coming like that. It can just hoping that copy those color codes
and use them as swore, you can download them as well. We have download
as a JPEG format. Any format that you'd
like to download here, or just copy the colors
and you move on. Okay? So these are some places that I
would like to show you. And also you can visit
site like pixels.com and download backgrounds
images for your stuffs. Okay, so we have this
image here this year. And these are free, easy search for free foods. Search for free food. If you like to use these images so you can
use this one to create the mockup arise where we have contained here that if
you would like to use, you can come here, search for those content and you use them
in your project. So maybe, let's
search for Burgos. Maybe just type in
background image. And you see we have these background images
that we are getting a k. There are a lot of them
that you can choose from K. And also maybe you would
like to search for Mac so you can type in
anything at all. I would like to download. Just come here and click on the Search and you are going to get all of these tabs are keen. Pixels is a great
site that you can download millions
of photos from a k. And also, you can also
come to sidelight png.com to download PNG file. So PNG files or false without
a bug on these invade, the Burgoyne is already removed. Okay, So you can come here and explore with DAG
files and you get free images of lights to use social media
stars in your project. When you come, you can download
all of these for free. And it is without background or anything at all that you
would like to download. Maybe you want to download. Lau would like to
download lens flare. You can find all of
those tabs here, okay. And also you can also good to
1/93 side that I download. A lot of footage are
a lot of the biggies without background
is DNG, eg, okay. So this site, we also have a gray stuff here that
you can download. Maybe I would like to download. Let's see speakers. So I'll just type means
speaker, maybe keyboard, maybe. You see you are getting
images without any, can use this in
your composition. See you have all these
things to work with. Alright, maybe you'd
like to download. So I'll just type in balloon. Then you see the results
that we're getting. So it is going to give us
many options to choose from. You have a lot of balloons, so anything that will
come into your head, you can come say, maybe we can also
search for logos here. See some logos. Okay? So all of these
things here for you, okay. So these are sites
that I normally visit, dilute resource files for my project or k and
use them as well.
31. Part 31. How to download and Install Fonts in Photoshop: Hi there. In this video, I'm going to
show you how to download and install font and
use it in Photoshop. Okay? So maybe you are working
on some projects and maybe the default fonts in
Photoshop is not going to give you the resource
that you're looking for. Okay, so maybe this font
like this big deal, okay? So maybe you would like to
download those fonts from the Internet or some are
free and some are also paid. Okay? So you got to graph
or this further, you can see here doesn't
come video Photoshop or key, or it doesn't come
video machine. So you would like to
go to the Internet, like the first place I would tell you to go
is cocoa, Of course. And maybe you type in the
font name to graph V, just tightening or
topography and you see that Gogo start to bring in
that font for you. Okay. I'll click on one of them. It's whooping. And then I'll click on the first link and
when it's coping. So the font.com is a place that I learned most
of my phones. Okay? Any see, even when
I type in Google, the font is what
Scheme faced are key. So you can come here and just click on
the Download button. Wait for it to download. And then let's see how we
can also install that. While this one is
trying to load, you can also visit our site. So it is saying that I already have this
font on my machine. But no worries, Let me add a duplicate and let's try
to download it as well. So you see Download
button and font or something heavy,
the very light. Okay. So it is going to
just download quickly hoping to their location. Okay? So font Alpha, very
low wheat, okay. The size that come with
font is very small. So you can ingest
enacting Coven. I use it in your projects. So it is opening it,
download it too. I have it here. So all I need to do is to double-click on this
one and open the file. Alright, so you have
to have software like when all the alternatives out there that can open
these types of files. So when it, this is
how it looks like. You can just
double-click on this one to opine eight and you
see printer install, we want to store it on to print. So I'll just click on it though. And it is going to
tell me that I already have that one down. These are just click on it
to install on my machine. Restart your Photoshop.
When you open it, you're going to see that, okay, so let's download a
font that I don't have you. So let me go back to the
font.com and you see we have as many fonts here as
you may think of for k. So I can also click
on any of these. Okay, we have square frontier, so let me choose one over the script font
that we have here. So something like
handwritten font or k. And you see most of the
hand-written fonts here. We can also see
To graph as well. Again, let me choose these. This one is very cool, unlike the few of which I like how this one
is bleeding outside. How the RAs, Wow, this is really awesome. You can come to this
site and download as many phone that you would
like to download or key. So Bessie, another phone that
I use a lot is Open Sans. Let's see our search
for Open Sans font. And you see one thing. It is going to bring a lot of
sites that have that font. So you see another site. We don't want, one font.com. I download a lot of fonts here, and it will also have
fonts dot adobe. Adobe also have a place
that they have fond. This, pleased and
I love this site. Also funds girl, I
liked their site. We have a lot of
different phones for you. We also have free font family. So we have a lot of these fonts site that it is
going to help you download as many as
you want that can help you download a lot
of font and use it. Okay? So when you open that side, you are going to see somewhere on the page, download this one. You see free for commercial use. So you can use this
one for commercial. So some of the font comes with, you can use it for personal use. May be using it for
projects in your homes, but not for Commissioner, if you want to use
it for commercial, then you have to go
purchase that font. Okay, so you see the 10014. We have the address that
is also trying to open. Okay? So this is how you can
download and install font, new Photoshop, and
you use it as well. Alright, so one thing that I
also like about this site is that maybe I have downloaded
a flyer or an add to it. Someone on my phone or
I have taken a picture of it and I like the font
that depressing you buy. I don't know the
name of the font, but I also like
to you that font. Okay, so what I can do is that when it comes
to this site and you see this one font
identifier, click on it. And it is going to open for
you where we can upload that image that we
have on our phone that we want to
find a font, Okay? And it will try to
make the phone to its original font, okay? Or it will give you a similar font if it
doesn't find that. I think we have some
network problem. That's why it's not loading. But if it loads, unwilling to show you how
it works is pretty simple, very easy to do. You need to do is to click
on the Font, identify, upload the image that you
want to find that font on it. Select their font and
you click on Search, and you are going to get
it at the end of the D. Alright, so here
is, it's so easy. Drag-and-drop here to
start or use an image URL. So I would like to, let's see, maybe I have this design here. So you can use the
URL of the design. So I want this one. I think this one is
not interesting. I want something interesting. Alright, so let's see. I would like to find a
font that you use here. I can copy the URL of this. So I'm trying to copy the URL. This one's gone
through C to copy, go to these, and then
let me paste in the URL. And you see gets URL. So I'll click on that URL and make this side
detects the phone for us. Going into that site is solve and finding the phone for us. Okay? Alright, so we are
having some issue using the URL where you
can still use that. But let me seem for goods
to upload an image, okay? And let me upload an image
to detect the phone for you to see how it
actually works. Alright, so let's see,
I'll choose this one. Click on Open. Alright, so when you
upload your essays, upload and invigorates type, and we will identify
the fund that much. Okay. So and also you see is highlighted taste
you wish to match. Okay, So when you
highlight it, this, you can just click
on matches and boom, it is going to match
the font for you. So this is how you
can identify a font, underwear when you use it
in your code yet as well. Alright, soon to dilute a font, visit Google, visit the font. Visit any of the font site, type in the name of
the font, and boom, downloaded and installed a font, use it in your
projects and stand out from the cloud or K. See
you in the next video.
32. Part 32. How to Download and Install Brushes: Hi there. In this video we're also going
to look at how to download brushes and
textures for our work. Okay, so we use brushes and
textures in our project. So let's learn how to get them. Alright, so when
you come to Google and search for
brushes or textures, you are going to get these
and I click on this, it is going to take me to
the side that have those. Okay, so you see, we have some of them. Here. We have
graphic mama, again, to all these free site that you can download
brushes and textures. And you can also
download depict found, blend them in Photoshop to get the look that
you're trying to get. Okay, so we use this one included with
our background, okay? So you can use all
of these styles, including our background and give our design some
fuel of natural look. Okay, so textures,
a lot our designs. So we are going
to look at how we are going to include
some in our projects. So easy, all these
brushes and textures, you can download them
and install them. Okay, so let's wait
for them to load. I think it is loading. So when you come
to this sidebar, sees you are going to get
these three see their premium, premium ones are for sale, but these ones
without the premium, we can download them
actually for free. Okay? So if you want these
free Photoshop brush, this one too is a brush. So you can download these
brushes and use them for free. So let me download
one for you to see. So let's see, I want to
download this Halftone brush. I'll click on that. And by the way, it is free. You also have these again. And you see free download. So I'll click on does it contain 15 halftone
Photoshop brushes? Alright, so this is
a download options or download file in Fu, I'll click on Download or q. So when it's come, you
just click on a button and you see the file size
is also not too big. Okay? So if you have data, it's we just don't know
in a quick way for you. So you also have the
best free brushes, the best free Photoshop brushes, textures and patterns
on the web or T. So what have we will also
talk about this pattern. So I think this is a repeatable sequence
of maybe lion's shape. Now you can also use in
your artwork as well. So if I come here and
search for patterns, you will see how that
one also will look like. Two patterns are not
something also different. It just like this, but parties are well-defined
and this one's okay. Alright, so these are patterns that you can see from here. So when you click on the link, it will take you to
the actual SI units, have that party, and you can download them and
install them as well. Okay, so these are some of the things that you
also like to work with. The installation is the
same as how I installed a font or keys by double-clicking on this half
tone versus your Bryce, you just open invitation for me. And when I select my brush to right-click and I go
all the way down here. So you see, this is how it is. This is how it is. We have the general brushes,
dry media brush. So these are Photoshop
own brushes. And you see what I also brought in half to Photoshop brush. When I click on
this to explain the two are going to
see how 2.5 to two. So let me select up to one, create a blank new layer. And let's see how it is going to paint like or it
is going to come out like. So you see how it is coming out. It's like okay, if I dab one, this is how it looks like, okay? So this is how the brushes work. Okay? So just like installing a parsing and using it to let me go back to my brush tool, a brush to select that and
I can right-click on it, changes on to
something different. And you can use the top
here or decrease the size, or you can use your
square brackets. Okay, So let me use a square
bracket for you to see. And we can also
decrease the opacity or the flow to reduce the amount
that we want to graduate. So you see how I have
reduced opacity, the flu. This one is f2. If I reduce the opacity, you see, it just works that way. Okay. So we can change
to a different one. I think it was 15 into let
me reduce the size up here, increase it a bit with my
square brackets to increase. Then we create a new
adjustment layer. Let's see, white background, click on key and
create a new layer. Tap on it and this is how
it looks like or key. So this is how you can include brushes in your Photoshop, okay? If you want it better, we can export it so I
can right-click on it. And with the help of railroad, our spotted here of file. So let me put it here. So if I spot here, then I can open this
one, copy this one. And then I'll go
to look at decks. And I'll go to Program Files. Adobe NO2, use Adobe Photoshop. And I'm going to look for
patterns so we can open. Then I'll open presets. Or if you open presets, we can paste it in brushes. So if it is a pattern, you come all the way down here and you put that
one insight as well. Okay, So this one is a brush. Then I in that, okay. And it sees this nation
for the assets, the nine, you will need to provide administrator permission
to copy this folder. Click on, continue to
perform that, okay. Alright, so if you do this
anytime that you open Photoshop and you select your
brush or you select party, you are willing to find. You have two parts in
always in Photoshop. Otherwise, if you use
the first method, we're not always going to get that k because it is not
actually in that food. All right, so if I always start the machine and come back, you see I'm going
to have its day. This is how you can
download brushes but dishes from website, install it in Photoshop, inculcate that into
your workflow and boom, you have your results arise. Who does it for this video, let's dive into a
different thing where you start actually creating
something with Photoshop.
33. Part 33. How to Create Logos in Photoshop : Hi there. In this next section of Photoshop Training course, we are going to look
at how to create this amazing the
goose in Photoshop, like I showed you
earlier before you do any projects in Photoshop, you have to take inspiration
from other people, what other people are creating, concerning what you
are about to do. And I have just done
that going into some amazing design from other creators all
over the world. And I got these ideas and I have drawn them or I have
traced them on a sheet. And with the help of my phone, I took a picture of waiting, then I send it to my
computer for the final edit. Photoshop is not an
ideal for logo creating. It is really used for creating raster images
like Photoshop. We know how the name column, so it is used to
edit more photos or use it for flyers
making and Anna's tab, but there are some tools in
there you can also use to create an amazing the
goose if you don't have the knowledge and
using the uracil base, like Adobe Illustrator,
quadro for creating logos. So let's look at how to
create these logos using the little mallet that
so far from our costs. So to start with, I have click and drag this image from my diaries
previous cysteine. So when you come here, so this is where
we're going to end our course project system. I think this one's
supposed to be 17. And then you click and drag
this one into Photoshop. This is what you're
going to get. So I'm going to
rotate it the other way because this is not
the way it should look. So I'll go to Image
and now click on Image rotation, okay? Then you see 90, 90
degrees clockwise. Let's click on 90 degrees
counterclockwise. And boom, we have it
the way it should be. Then from here, the next thing
that I will do is to crop, to fit the paper. Okay, so you see
we have a lot of speciation are going to use, I'll click on here or click on C to print out the crop tool. Then I'm going to click
on these little guys. See, okay, so I'll click
and drag this one here. And I also click and
drag this one here, basically to fit the screen. When you are curious
and final result, you click on this check
mark to accept change. Yeah, I'll click on Control plus Bu to fit everything to screen. And then you remember how
to zoom in and zoom out. So I click on Control
Plus to zoom in and out. Also hold down my
Spacebar on the keyboard. Use my mouse to screw
around this documents. So we are going to start
creating these amazing logo. You can see things are
really simple here. So with the help of
our breakdown goods to come all the
way to the two k, t are going to see
this custom shapes. So let me click and select
the rectangle tool here. Then our start making these
tango, so I'll click. So this is the
reason why we take the time to make sketches for
K to make your work easier. Then I have this one. I'm going to change
the fill here. Okay? So the Properties panel is
going to be in for you. If it doesn't, we'll be you
already know how to do. Go to Window and then
you search for property, make sure it is Czech like this. And you're going to have e t. Alright? Then from here, what I
also like to do next is to duplicate this one. So to duplicate this, we have a couple of ways to
make a duplicate of this. So the first thing that
I will do is I'll click and drag this rectangle over
here to the plus sign here. And it is going to
duplicate the layer for me. Then I'll also click
and drag this one here, holding down the Shift key, so it's Hu, this
one in proportion. So we want this to
be on the same line. Okay? Don't just look at the circle
or don't just based on the sketches that you have drawn and use it for your adjustment, which we have everything
Street okay, in Photoshop. Then I'll also make a duplicate
by clicking and dragging. And then I'll click
and drag this one, hold down the Shift key
to keep it in proportion. And then I'll
increase this one up. If you are using the footage
of things between the two, we'll have to hold down
the Shift key to do that. Then after that,
I'll click and drag to the plus to make a duplicate. Once again, hold
down the Shift key, and then I'll also
bring this one here. Then our Zoom
meeting last copy of the rectangle shape by
doing the same effect. And then this time around, I'm also going to increase
the size of this over here. Okay? So you see we have our shapes which we can
use this one as Lu Bu. And lastly, our
select the first one. And I'll hold down
my shift key on the keyboard and
select the last one. What is going to happen is
that Photoshop is going to select all of the shapes, okay, so when I select
the last one and I hold down the Shift key
and click on the top one, is going to select
everything in-between. Then make sure you
are on the move to. If you can only move to, you're not going
to get access to these things up here, okay? So the options here. So I'm going to align this one horizontally because
these are horizontal. And I want the spacing
in-between them to be equal. Nec that for me, by clicking on this, I have this piece
here and species C, the space in between
every shape is the same. Then the last thing that
we will pause it again is to create these amazing, say go by before that. Let me create this one so I'll make a duplicate ones more. So click and drag this here. And you see the
duplicate is here. Then I'll go to Edit and
select Free Transform. I know you remember
the shortcut Control T. And I can also
click and drag this. You can also hold
down the Shift key to rotate in degrees. Move this one up here. Let me remove the size a bit. Okay? Let me, let me increase
it a bit so we have to find in this more details
to give you better results. Okay, let's see,
maybe I have this one yet and I want to make sure
this one aligns with this. So I'll select this one, hold down the Shift key
and select the second one. Then when you own the move to, you're going to get an
option at the top here, it's aligned to the center. So I'll click on it. It's aligned to
the center for me. And boom, I think the
spacing is either smart guys helped me to align
this one to the center. If you don't have
the smart guys, you can go to View here. And when you go to Show more, measure how smart guys check that we is going
to help you align things and know what you're
really doing fruition. And I can also see that
this is almost glue, so let me select these. And then I'm going
to pull it down. And let me select these two
and also pull these guys. So I can bring my ship here
electrode down so we can have a perfect cross
or k. So let's do the circle thing that
we can see here. So we can conclude on this logo with the help
of the ellipse tool. It is also an added two kids. I'll select that and I'm
going to create an ellipse. We can eat. We surely
have a perfect circle, or we don't have
a perfect circle, but it's close to the professor. I think Professor ACO
will be your key, so I'll hold down the
Shift key to meet you. I have a circle. With this. I don't
want a fill color. So when I come up
here, visually, this new color check
and then just need to have strokes to open
the stroke and you see stroke rehab no fill
Chicano color check. So let me select black, select a different
color like red. And I'm going to
increase the pesos here. So you can either click here and increase this slider
to increase the size. Or you can also type in the figure if you'd
like to do so. I think something like this. Okay? So basically we can even
use this one as the logo. Or if you want to go the
same way that we have. This is what we can do
to basically I'm just zooming in to get
a better preview. And I'll move this
one over here, okay? And also, I would like to
align this onto the center, so I'll select the shapes holding down the shift key
and selecting the last one. I'll click and drag this one to the photo you
can find down here. It is going to group
this one for me. Okay? So when IT groups
and we're going to have all of them
in one folder as one. Then I can select
this one, okay? And then hold down the Control key and select
the other one as well. And if you only move to the reason why I'm
saying that you should be on the move to
either let's say when I am on a different too, like here, you see
you don't have the alignment. Let's see. I don't want the pain
to we still don't have the alignment
because every ship has its own options
that you can use to find what you're doing
with that shape. So make sure you're
on the move to n. We can align this
one to the center. So now we know that this one is. In the same time. Okay, then from here,
let's click outside. And I'm going to click
and drag this one down and move it all
the way up here. Alright, so the next thing
that we're going to do is to remove the
ways that we have. Okay, so to get that perfectly, we are going to use a shape. Okay, so with the
help of a shape, rectangular shape specifically, and I'm going to draw a
rectangle just like this. Make sure it's aligned
with this, okay? This time, I don't
want the stroke, so I'll select no color. And the fill tab I'm
going to select, Let's see black,
or let me choose a different color so I
will see what is going on. Actually. I'm willing to also make sure this line
so you see that smart guy, so he helped me align this one. Then from here, I'm going to select this one and
that one. Okay? Then from here, I'm going
to select my ellipse tool. Does the second I got
drawn them for me, I'm going to hold
down my Control key on Windows command on the Mac and click on rectangle
here to make a selection, to make a selection around
the rectangle drawn. And I can also hide it. Now. Then I'm going to also click on this layer max that
we learned for k. So we can click on the max, and this is what we get. Okay? And then from here we can go to Image Adjustment and you're
going to see in vet, okay, you see
shortcut is Control plus and two plus I invade. And you see it, just do it the other way round
for us. Okay. Let's see, let me
delete the layer mask. And when we have the selection, so hold down the
Control or Command, click on the rectangle. I have, hide it, but you can still
make the selection. Then when you come, don't just click on the
layer marks like this, okay? Hold on the Alt key
or Option on the Mac, click on the Layer Mask to
make a negative selection. This time around, we don't
have to go to Image Adjustment and select the invade
because we have already invaded that it using the keyboard
shortcut. Okay? So Control plus Bu to fit
everything into screen. Unless they may be recon, select the Ellipse
alone and increase the stroke on it to me the date. And all that we need to do
next is to zoom in here. And I'll move this
one fits the shape, whoa, and maybe I'll
change the color. Okay, So make sure
you have the layer selected as it is selected here. And select the two so you get
assess today strokes here. And let me select black again because we are using
one color for the logo. Let me zoom out soup
and to control minus, command minus, to zoom out. And we have our logo radius
to let me select everything. I can click and drag
this one to the formula. Or you can click on Control
plus gene, name that one. So let's see, let me name
this file as local one. Click on Okay, so
to rename a file, you just have to
double-click on it to rename a file and read
out the test too. Okay, so you can click
on key on your keyboard, activate the test too. Or you can come to your site
here late to your tastes to. Then you are going to
adenine to the logo. To complete the loop. Arise when it take
your time to add it. This is how I define
I look is going to be so let me add a
white background by going to adjustments and add a solid white
background, okay? You can even add in a
background of your choice. I'm going to use white for now. Control of the fit
everything to screen, select my logo one, let me add this onto
its hold on mine. I have the food, I
select this one, hold my Control key, and I'll move this one here. So you see how you can create a logo and you can
also apply a color to the rule for that
decays when you go to FX and select
a color overlay, we can apply different
colors to read. If you would like to,
X2, Y2 is applied, so let me select me be red. Let's see, blue. Light blue. Click on a key, click on OK. You can
also click on this. I found the effects are
key to hide that as well, to review back to the black. Okay? Alright, so
this is how you can use Photoshop to create logo, Okay, So we have other ways that we can
also do that arise. So let's look at another example using Photoshop to create logos. Okay, so in the next one you are going to try how
to create this p.ball logo with Photoshop
and maybe we'll move up to the bigger tax, okay. And maybe I'll leave
one or two for you to also work on your own.
34. Part 34. How to create a P-Logo in Photoshop : Hi there. In this video we're
going to look at how to create these p.ball logo
in Photoshop. Okay. So we have mentioned about
how to create these, Dan, dan does in Photoshop. So if you have sketch like this, it is going to make
your life easier because we are going to
start creating this logo. So I'll start with
my rectangle tool. And I'm going to draw a
rectangle like this, okay? Fill it with black bag on so
I can see what is going on. Then the next one, I'm
going to use the Ellipse to play something like this. Okay. Lives too. And then I'm going
to present tonight is I'm going to also move this
one here, just nine days. Okay. Next from here
with the help of my pin to willing to
make this shape there. You can see over here. To select it, I'm going to make this so
I'll click and drag. And then I'll also
click and drag. Okay. So you see that this one is adding to the shapes
that we draw in India. So let me on to
Control Z to undo, add a new blank layer, so creating new layer. And then I'm going
to do that again. So click and drag
to make this shape. I'll click and drag to
make the next shape. Using the pen tool to draw out nine on the
scene that I have. So I was gonna do
the same thing. I'll click and drag
and make sure it's work around the edges that
I am trying to trace. So click and drag to trees that are applied is in invasion until I
finished completing. You click and drag,
click and drag. We're going to have two handles which we can use to control the shape that we are drawn to. If we didn't get anything
correct, you can go back. So like here when I want
to edit this, please. Oh, that I have to do is to
hold down my Control key. Click on that point. It is going to
review the handles. And then I'm going to control
the handles with this. Okay? So I'm willing
to complete this. And you see here is
two my exam willing to bring these handles. And what I'm using to
influence these handle is that when I look down my alt key and click on this
pottery that I see, I am able to influence this handle and do
the same thing here. And then I can
complete over here. Alright, so let me
move this one down. And if you notice
they don't have the point at its
correct position, you can hold down
Control or Command on a Mac and move it to the place
they want to move it to. This one, I help hold
down the Control key. And I'm moving this to a
place that I want it to be. Then you switched
back to your Alt key and you can control
this place as well. Okay, so with this, let me click on Control
minus to zoom out. And after you have done
tracing everything, you can also go to if
everything is okay. When you are satisfied mesure, you have to only move to any, have access to these
three things here, selection, max and sheep. So I'll click on make
a new shape layer. And Boom, photoshop is going to help me make a new shape layer. And I can double-click
on this to cooking the color picker
and select a color for it. Okay? I'm going to take the same process using
the pen tool to draw these to complete the letter
p of k. But before I start, I will add a new layer
as always, okay? So that it doesn't add to
the already selection. So this one is going to
be on its new layer. Right there for
me, I can complete my xi and click on the ship
at the top here to fill it. And then I'm going to also
select black fur here. If you take your time
to make the sketches, we are going to get a
good result at the end. So you see, the result that
we have is not appealing, is not great, but it's hockey. And the reason why I didn't draw are these places I'm going
to make a duplicate of this. Okay? So to make a duplicate, the other way to make
a duplicate apart from clicking and
dragging this one. So the plan is to
hold down Alt keys on your Windows Option on the Mac. Click and drag while
holding down the Alt key. And you can also click
on the Shift key so it keep it in proportion, light on a straight
line for you. And you can also continue on radio control keys on the keyboard to
position it very well. And this, we can create
these look good. If I add V, The Color Fill. This is what we are agreeing to. Alright? So you see it is not perfect. Not crispy because we didn't
take the time to make. The more we can do this
is to hijack this. Okay, so to address this one, I'm going to select the
direct selection tool just after the test to OK. So you see that we have the Path Selection Tool and
the Direct Selection Tool. Select the direct
selection tool. And just click on the outline. And it is going to
bring the point and then isolate the points. I can control that
and holding down the Alt key and
moving those areas. Okay, so I'll move
this one year. After you have drawn your shape, you can use the
direct selection to toggle between the species. Okay, So just move this
down and you can use this one to control where
the ships supposed to be. So I'm not holding anything, I'm just using the direct
selection tool and position it for k. So this
one is supposed to be here. And let me reduce the size of this because I think
it is too big. And also move this
one down a bit. Okay. Then for me, I can switch to the piece. I think it is CA, activate
that one as well, and move this one a bit here. Also move this guy here. When you take your time to find things in this more details, this is what is going to make your design or your logo grades. Okay? If this was to illustrate
that you would have more oxygen in
dealing with these two. So let me move this one up to
fill up the gap over here. And this one too is no streets. Let's try here as well. And move this one
also a bit down. Control or to fit
everything into screen. Any c p here looks
a bit okay by TA doesn't also go back and
edit that area as well. So select this end
and move this one. They get one back and
take this one down. I think the shape is
too big over here. So I'll let you
take your time to. In this Morty deals. Let me select everything. Click and drag to the folder. And let's increase
the size of this. And let's see. So this is our p.ball logo that we have
created with Photoshop. So you see making the goose with Photoshop
this bit easier. If you have the sketches and you can add a name
to it if you like. So this is going to
be our look good too.
35. Part 35. How to create a Letterhead in Photoshop : Hello, and welcome back to the inlet section of other
before digital for beginners. Alright, so in
this next section, we are continuing our project. In this project we
are going to look at how to design letterhead, a business card, okay? And then we can
continue from there. So this is the letterhead
that we are going to create. And then you add is business card is going
to be the front b. And here is going to be
the back page as well. Alright, so without further ado, let's dive into this. By the way, I have
all the resource for India projects for that so
you can get it yourself. And then you try your hands. Needs to be mean. Alright. So let's go up in Photoshop and start ongoing this board yet. Alright, so first of all, we all know how to do you have
to create a new document, so I'll go to File. Then. I will select New. And I'm going to select
A4 under the print tab. Alright, so the A4 is over here, so I'll select that and
then I'll click on Create. A4 size is going
to be open for me. Then for me I can
start to work on. So the first thing that
we're going to do is to select the rectangle shape. So I'll select every
time we see here. Then I'll make sure
that the top here, I don't have to check 2 h
late stroke and no fill. And then I'm going to
select a fill color so that immediately I
clearly see what is going to go to filter
cutoff for me. So I'll select this
color here, okay? If you want to follow along, then you can copy
the color code here. Alright, so it is
the color code you can copy and follow
along with me. So I'll start by clicking and dragging
my shape over here. Then I'm going to also change the fill color so I can draw the next one. For me. I'll click and drag. Sheep are key, so click
and drag the NSG. Then for me, if you have
this barbaric here, you can just change the color to any color that you want
to change it to buy. If you don't have it,
you can go to window. Okay. So let's see. I don't have it. I
can go to Window and then are sent
through the list and I will see for very select that, okay, it is going
to open it for you. Or if you are still
finding it difficult, just double-click on
the thumbnail here to open the color picker
so you can pick a color. Okay, so I'll click on Okay, if you are satisfied
with the color. Therefore me, I can see that
the black is two minus two. I can reduce the
size of the shape. And then the next thing
that I'm going to do is to also select my shape again. And then I'm going to
create another one too. I'll click and drag to
create a shape like this. One here too. I'm also going to create another sheet over here. Then less than down
we need to do is to go to Edit and hours delayed. The free transform or key. So select the Free Transform
shortcut is Control T. I can right-click on
the shape and select skew. And then if you
double-click and move this, you can change the size or
you can change the angle. You can also change the angle
in record time up here. So let's see. I want 40. I can just type in 40 and
I will get the fourth. Okay? Then when you're done, just click on the move to n, This operation or attend a live shape into
a regular path. Just click on Yes
to accept changes. And then from here, if
you're okay with it, Let's create a duplicate. So I'll click and drag
this new shape that I've just drawn and then
make a duplicate. So leaving it on
this plus sign here creates a duplicate
of t. Then from here, I'll just move this one
a little backwards. And also move now one forward. Then I can change
the color of this. To change the color, you
can always double-click on the thumbnail to open the color picker so
we can pick a color. So let me make sample. And then boom, there
you have it too. I think we have
everything completed now. So if you look at the first
one that we just did, this is what we've done and this is what we
are trying to do. So you can see we're
almost there, All right. As always as we discussed
in our previous video, when you are creating
something and you don't have much information or you don't
have ID on how to be yes. Goods, Google or
Pinterest or that assay we discussed
in Guys videos. That if you are creating
something and you don't have the full knowledge
about this, oh, you are lacking some
information goods, Internet, search for sample, design, all of those things. Lucas, some gettings by so you can create your own around that. Alright? So it is going to
be the background for the letterhead, okay, so I can select everything
then Control G to group and maybe this group shapes. These are my ships. Them for me are goods, my project files, and
I will see this logo, Okay, So it is my own logo. Click and drag that
into Photoshop. I'm going to skew that. If you have this bounding box, you can just click
and drag to reduce the size or the scale it down. Or you can go to Edit and select Free Transform or k. You get a bounding box so you can
reduce the size of your sheet. So if you are, I'll
give you positioning. You can click on this
map to assess changes. Or you can click on the move to. The next thing that I'm
going to add is to add this information
like the contacts in mu n or k. So to do
that, It's very simple. I'm going to start with
an ellipse shape, okay? My illiteracy,
make and drag AKI. So these are basic to that. You have already looked at it. So I'm just taking you through how I create some
of these designs. Then I'll change
the color to black. And I'll go into my
resource files again, all my source files again. Click and drag this
one into Photoshop. Okay. Any see, what we are going to put this one on is
black and we have black yet. Definitely we have to change the color to do that in no time. You can zoom in to get a preview of what you
are working with. Alright. So click on this. Aren't accepting yeast and then let's move to so I can
move this one year. And also to change the color, I can double-click on here, Okay, to open the
blending options or k or the Layer Style. And then I will
see color overlay. Select that to apply a color. So you can just click
here to select a color. And then you choose
any color you like. I'll go for white and
click on Alt key, click on our key. There for me, I can move
this one to the same task since I know where it is. Or I can differentiate
between them. Click on Enter hernia arteriole. Then you can also
click on Control. Fit everything into screen. So we can add the contract. Now to add a contact, we need to activate a desk to, you can click on, activate it. There's two or you
can just come here. You select your tastes to, then you can add your contact. Alright, So for me, guys, I'm using Open Sans for this. Okay? So if you don't
have this font, just take the technique that we use on how to
download and install fonts in Photoshop and then get this form
for yourself or key. Then I'm going to change this
from where blood to boot so that the test is going
to be pulling for me to put in that measure. You have your test elected. And then you can
change this tau or K and reduce the size. Also here, I will
select all of them. Then I'm going to
create a duplicate. Then I can do the same thing. Click and drag to create Mickey, because we are going to work
with three different things. That's, this one is
going to be for the web, like email address and stuff. And this is also going to be for the location that you are. Alright? So I can change the symbol here. So go to your files and you can change the symbol to
anything that you like. Reduce the size using
the bounding box. Instead of double-clicking and changing the color of
valley on each one, you can do is that you can
select the first one, okay? Just select that and you see
the effects applied on us, the color values or
you can right-click. And when you search tree
are going to see this, that means you can
copy the Layer Style. And you can also place
the layer style. You can also click
the layer style. So let's copy the
Layer Style and then select our new shape
and right-click. And then you can see we
have paste layer style. Then boom, we see we have the right mean
painted on this one. Okay, So then from here, you have to zoom in. So what I'm using to zoom in, I'm holding down my alt
key and then using this, go back to zoom in and zoom out. So just position it center. If you want to do it,
precisely can select both of them by clicking
and dragging me. Show you on the move tool. You click and drag. And then when you come
all the way up here, you can align center. Align center. One is
vertical, one is horizontal. Okay? So when you give it, you can also change
the information here and add your email. Alright, also you see that I passed around from
here to this side. So how did I do that? I'm holding down the space on my keyboard and you see that
arrow key turns into a hand. So when I click and
drag with my mouse, I can move around. So select this, click on Delete, go to your source files. And then you are going to see
the occasion, select that. Then leave it and we are
going to scale it down. So let's zoom out a bit
so we can scale it down. This one too, just
like we did before. Right-click and then you are going to see base layer style. Then you can paste it again. So you can paste it
and paste it and paste it until you are ready. Then we can change this
and add our location. Throughput fit everything to screen so we can see everything. Now, if we add a test, this is how it is going
to look like, okay? So this is how our letterhead
looks like adding a test. Okay? And one more thing that maybe you can consider
being is that you can make a duplicate of
your logo and you can use the bounding box
around it to make it very big or K. Then you
put it at the center and then you also move this
artery behind everything, then you can reduce the opacity. Okay. So you can have a feel
of something at the back. Maybe you can go like 5%, 10%. If you got that, you
are happy with it. You can stick the data. Buffer. Monkey isn't
going to use that for now because I like it this way. This is how you can
create a letterhead. Alright, using are the
steps that you have learned previously and we are
applying it here. So the next video, or the next course
is going to be all based on creating
this business card. Alright, so let's look at how to create this business
card now in Photoshop.
36. Part 36. How to create a Business Card in Photoshop : Hello, awesome people
will come back to the next section where
we're going to learn how to create a front and back
business card in Photoshop. Ecd is a very simple design. I'm just taking you guys through step-by-step on how you can
create some certain budget. Alright? So this is
what we did the last time for the letterhead
and it is not attended. Take a look at their
business card. Alright, so to
start with control plus N to create a new
document as always. And then with a business card, we're going to use a
size of 0.4 " by 2.2 " to render for resolution
RGB color, click on create. A new canvas is going to be
in just like this for us. Maybe if you had yours as this and you want to
date it is very simple. Just go to image, image rotation clockwise, and then one group would
fit everything screen. And you are going to get
something like this. Okay? Alright. We're going to start by creating
the font page. So to start with our select the paint bucket to a k. So I have my paint
bucket tool here. You can go through and you
see the paint bucket Sue. So Ages after the era is at x2. So when you select that, make sure your foreground
color is black. Click to fill the
background with black. And then from there, we can select the
rectangle shape. Then we're going to create
a rectangle like this. If you like, you can
corner the video so you can connect the
edges by going to priorities and then Using
these guys to corner the edges are k. But if you are using an
older version like the CS6, then you have to correlate
the edges before you receive. So let's see. We want, we want to connect the edges, like to pick those so we type it before and when we
start to click and drag, you see the effect applies. Alright. That was before, and
this is what we have now in even in
twins two into two, you can just use
these guys here are K2 corner the radios or the
edges of the rectangle. From here. Wait, is by now
teaching the fill color. If you have any issues, you can come here, double-click to open the color
picker and ginger Karla. Alright, so the next
thing that we're going to do is to add some of the BTU, so they need this data we're
going to add is this one. So QR code, I'll click and
drag this into Photoshop. Then I'm going to
skew this one down. And I know how I'm
going to position it. So I'm going to position it
a place like this. Okay? Then with the help of
my rectangle tool, I'm going to draw
a shape over here. Then we show it is
behind a QR code. Click and drag this one
here and change the color as well to this light
green that we are using. When you take a look
at the first one, I supposed to write the name
of the manager over here, who is supposed to own this God, I forgot, but you are
going to do it here. So to do that with the help of my taste too, I'll select that. Click on the Canvas, then you can start
typing information. But before then let me reduce the size of the
font here to maybe. And maybe they mean, and maybe we can
add the portfolio. And I can reduce the
size of this one abates. Select both of them. And when you move to here, we can align them to the left. And also I can select both of them and move them alongside me. Make it very, very readable. We can select this one
and then change this arm from both to maybe semi bold, okay, The taste is going
to be a little smaller. Therefore, mu, we can add the logo of the
company to click and drag this one to add that
reduce the size satisfaction. And you can put this in it here. The rest of the information
is going to be for the information that we
added on the letterhead, like the number,
e-mail, address, and location so I can
click and drag this one. Yeah. Then I think you guys remember
that you made a duplicate. We copied the layer style so we can just right-click
and paste layer style. So immediately this is
going to change, right? Okay, let me increase
this one a bit. Then I can add the rest of
the information as well. Therefore, we are selected, right-click and paste
the Layer Style. And also I can select
all of them now. And we use the size because
it's too much for me. And also guys, make sure you spend some time to find some in this more details so that your design is going to
span out there for me, I can select only
the taste here. Okay, So let me come
back to the center, select all of them. Go to your character
panel and less gene. This one from blue to red. Light is going to make
it very readable. And let's give it
some space because I think it is almost closed. So if I'm trying
to create these, this is r is going to
look like or clean. You don't need to rush. You have, take your time and some awesome
or you get there. So comparing this to this,
this is what we have. Now, let me select this
and move this one here. This one is going to
get some of these. Alright? So we have done
with a font pick. Let's look at the back page now. To take a look at the back page. So I'm going to do
is I'm going to image and then I'm going to
search for duplicate layer, select that, and we are going to duplicate
the same layer. This one is going to be
opening on a different tab. So if we check is ca, ca, I can delete some of the
information I don't need. Delete all of these. Also delete this one. Delete this one as well. Let me undo, let me undo
our right to keep this one. I can delete that. Delete this. And then I'll put this
one in the middle. And let me put this guy here. Then let me make a duplicate, hold down the Shift
key and move it. As I complete that guy also there to make
sure it is centered, select both of them and we can align this one to the center. Alright guys, so this
is going to be for the back of the business card. This is very simple, okay, So this is how you can create
these in Adobe Photoshop. So the next lesson is going to be how to present sample IDs. Maybe a client asks you to design something
like this for him, a letterhead and
a business card. So identically to how are you going to present to the person? You have to make it or try to. Very attractive
and nice looking. Okay, so let's look at how to do that now in the next video.
37. Part 37. How to Design a Social Media Flyer with Photoshop: Alright, so in this
next section of Adobe Photoshop essentials
of k. For beginners, we are going to look at how
to design a flyer together. Okay? So I have
these resource for that I got from TNG egg. Okay, so you can check them out. I did GNG x, so I just came to the Internet, PNG set for leaves. I've got these and then
I also tried to download some sneakers and other shoes that we are going to
use for these flies. Okay. So when you come here, you can type in whatever
you are looking for and definitely they are going to get something that is going
to help you. Okay? So right now let's get started
without wasting much time. Okay, so first of all, I'm going to create a
new document as always. So Control N to create
a new document. And then we're going to use a4. A4, our chain here 200. And then I also
use 100 for year. And then I can make 300, but I don't want my work to be too light because I'm going
to use it for social media. So let me use hundred. Okay. Then I'll click on Create. If I was going to bring this, then I'll maintain 300
and do the design. Okay, and also remember, it is not in RGB or CMYK. So after you've done
with the design, you want to change it to
CMYK and print it out. That is very easy, can come to image up
here and good mood. And then you will see
click on the CMYK. It's going to help you
change it to CMYK. You can print it out. Alright, so to start with, I'm going to start
by creating a shape. So I'll come here and
I'll select my rectangle. Let me use the Ellipse
tool instead of pain. So I'll click and drag with my ellipse to n. I can
draw something like egg. If you are okay with
it, you can move it. And I'm going to think of stroke because I don't
want you using it's true. And also I'm going
to select a color. So let me choose
something like this. I'll change it back to heights. I want to use five over there. Because I want to see
what is going on. That's why I'm using this one. And also I can go up here, select, Select All, and
read my shape selected. And also on my move tool, I can align this one
too the same time. When you're done,
go back to Select. And then we can deselect any C shortcut is
Control plus D list. I'll click and drag this down. And then I'll select
my background. And I'm going to draw a
rectangle this time around. Okay? Then I'll make sure I turn
off the stroke for now. And then I'm going to click and drag to cover the whole canvas. But this one is going to be
under this one because drawn it just in-between the
sheep and the backbone. Then from here, I'll
go to effects and I'm going to add a
gradient overlay. Okay? So I'm going to use a nice gradient that
is popping in my head. So my gradient, I'm going to use something
just like this. You see, I already have it at readout and this
is the velocity. Let me use 100 opacity style, then angle 90, whatever, because since I have it at
the middle, no problem. So let me open the gradient
editor so I can edit this gradient to edit my
ingredients are first of all, click on this top. And then I'll have the option
here and open the stop. Then I'll drag this
one all the way down. And I'm willing to be a
color just like this. I think this one is too much. So I want something
just like this. And then I will click
on the second stop, the Color Edit tab
and pick a color. I'm going to pick
something like this, Just close to the color dye, we just liked it. So come all the way here and let's select
something like this. This one is too much, so let me take it a bit down. Alright, so something
like this is cool for me. I'll click on Alt key. And then let me
deepen up this one. So let me open the
first stop again and let's see if it can
be deeply in a bit. So this is it. Alright, alright, so this
is really, really amazing. Okay, So guys, you can
copy the color code here. So it is the first one. This is the second
color code as well. So let me show you the
code for this one. This is also one thing
that you can do is to click on this New here to see
this one to your switches. So anytime that you
can just click on it and just apply it for
me, see my gradient. I just click on it
and it just popped. So let me select this one. Click on our key. Click on, okay. Then from here, I can select bag this one by before you
selected Michelle, you have your Move
Tool selected. Normally I use that shortcut V, or you can come here and
select it to yourself. Then selected pack, Double-click
on the thumbnail over here to go up in a color
picker so we can pick a color. So let me click and drag it over the top here to select
a plane, right? Then this membrane is going
to be for the background. I can look for
something to add to it. I think I have something
here that I can add to the background to make it
a bit interesting too. Let me come here. So let me come here, and then I have these guys here. So let me click and
drag this on here. Then I'm going to
scale this one up. So create to scale
to fit the canvas. So let me fill the
canvas with this. Alright, so when you're done, you can click on this check
mark to accept changes. Alright, so from here we will go back to our layer management. Okay, So remember
Leah management, you have to click and
drag this on here. We're going to have
this one on top. And we can also change
the blending mode, okay? I select the first one. I can use my arrow keys on the keyboard to swap
in between them. Okay, so let's see something that makes
me the background. I think screen is your key
and it is to my school. Let me reduce the opacity down. So I think like seven
is okay. Let me see. This was before. This is digested, tiny changes or just
a minute changes. Let me maintain something
like thin capacity, ten per cent isn't very light, changes but goes along way to
make your design stand out. Okay. Then from here, what I'm going to
do is to bring in my images that I have for this. So I'll click and drag this one into Photoshop and I can
also reduce the size. So let me bring this guy here. And I think it is too big, so let me reduce the
size a bit more. This one is going to be here. And then let me also go
and pick another one. So I think this one would be a perfect fit for this
second one as well. So we do the size,
reduce the size. Alright, so let me
bring this closer. And you see back to
our layer management, you see how this one is intercepting with
this one very nicely. I love it because we
have this one just here and this one on top of it. And it looks very well. This really amazing. Okay, Then for me we can add
the main title like maybe. So I'll make this
one day and then I'm going to use a font called this. So please, if you
don't have this font, you can use the technique
that we just learned. So you can go and
get yourself a font. So I'm using this phone call, Denzin, extra bold or
K. So lasers the font. I'm using. This very
cool, I love it. And then we can also
add another test. And I can change the font
of this or in a store. So I have this one
that I love using it. So let me try that font To see if it works for
this one as well. I can see that
this is too close, so let me bring the tracking and let me increase
the size of the font. Alright? Alright, so this works. I really love it.
Okay, so let's see. Let me change the font color of day so we can see
the difference. And I'm also going to
apply this to face on it to see how it is. Okay. I really love the
combination. We can also. Write another test TA to
close this base over here. Okay? So with this shape, I can also correlate the
edges if you'd like to do so. We can add it tastes
like soap on a budget, shopping and budgets. And then our gender font
to something the frame. And also guys, also like to tell you is that when designing
something like this, it off to use too
many fonts, okay? At least 23 fonts or
even one font is, okay. I don't know why I'm using
too many font on this. But this font when I use a TA, is going to make something red. That's why I'm
changing the font box. Please, please don't use more than three fonts
on your project, at least, at least
three fond to its beta. One is great, okay. You don't have to be adding a lot of fonts
into your project. That is going to
make it too messy. And you want a clean work, okay? I'll select this one and
I'll change the font color. So let me take a colored dye we have here as the gradient. And let's see the results. Wow, this really amazing. I love it. Let me increase the size
of the shape a bit. Select that. Increase the shape a bit. Then align center. Align to the center. And I can select it and
bring this one back. Also, one thing that you
can do is to add a link, okay, so written my two shapes
later, I can name them. So when I select one and move, both of them is going to
be moved because it is now linked together. Okay? Another thing that
maybe I can add other top here is this. So let me turn the phone to find us on the line so
that's loose. Close it. Okay. Shop and a budget. And we can also increase
the tracking for this one because we want to make sure this one in
this one aligns. So let me increase
the tracking more. This is way too much. So let me come back on, let's say thousand and
see the results. Okay. But let go a bit further. Fair that light thousand 400, select both of them
align to the same time. Let's see the resource center aligned to the center. Okay. I think this is
great. This is great. So let me try to align
it with my eyes. Okay? Okay. Next, I'm going to change
the color of this test. Okay, So with this one selected, Michelle
Harvey selected. And then if you don't have
this character panel, Let's go to Window and
activate that. So select that. And you can click on here to
swap or change the color. I'll pick a new color for it. Then what I'm going to do
next is to make a duplicate. So I'll click and drag
this one here to the plus sign down here
to make a duplicate. And let me change the
color for the duplicate. I'll make a sample
a color from here. And then let me go a bit. Okay, So I'm just switching
the color just a tiny bit. And then I'll move this one
backwards a bit, see upwards. And I'll click and
drag this one down. Our case, we'll come back to our layer
management and dates. If you like, you can dig it
or you can take it down, whatever that you like, you can do over here. So this is an effect
that you can create some loving it so we can
apply the same in here. Click and drag this one here. Another way to make a duplicate
is to hold come through and you add G or Command
plus J to make a duplicate. Then we can sample
the color from here. Then I'll move this
one a bit down here. So instead of clicking and
dragging the Crusades here, to switch the colors we can run, I use a shortcut, is Control plus the left bracket key to move that layer down, we can also use the right
bracket to pick it up. Okay? That is Command left bracket
to move it back. Okay? So this is what we can do here. Alright, so I'm loving
this one is very cool. Let's move to the next
thing that I was. All right there for
me, I'm going to add leaves, okay, flying leaves. So I'll click and drag
this one into Photoshop. Click on this mark
to accept changes. And then I'm going to
put these guys here. And then you see this
one is too harsh, so I have to either
reduce the opacity. So first of all, right-click and convert this one
to Smart Object. Let's go to filter blur, and let's play this one out a
bit because it is too much. Let's reduce the videos. Ordinary tau k. Let's reduce
the radius two. Live for. And also let me move
this guy all the way now k, so this smoke. Alright, Next, let
me move this down. These leaves all the way
down behind the test. I'll move this one all the
way down behind the desk. You can reduce the
opacity if you'd like to. Okay, So I think something
like this is okay. But if it is too much for you, you can add a layer masks for k. And
with the layer masks, we can paint with black. So make sure you have a
foreground color like black. And then the ones that you want, you can select your
brush tool here. And then you can
just paint them off. Or k is omega and on this to any of them
that you don t want, you can just erase them. Okay? The next thing is to add mine rest of
information like contact. You can start with
maybe the less. Then I'll make a
duplicate of that test done is holding down the
Alt key or Option key. Click and drag to
make a duplicate. Let me change the fonts. But the first one that we use, that is the Open Sans font. And I'll choose the
red line in our list, the items that we
sell so we deals. All right guys, Well this
is what we do is we can add the product is
sold to wait, okay. Then you can also add
your contact info. So let's see how they test two, we can draw a shape. I'll pick a color
just like this one. And then we can add our
contact info as well. So make a duplicate. Then you can hold Control plus the Right Bracket
movie several times. And then we can
change our tests. Each test. And then you can contact number. So this is it. This is how we do it. This is a promotional flyer
and we're not done yet. The last thing that
I'm going to do is to make it leakage of this one, reduce the size or the Tao. And I'm going to
add the closer to eight cups and bring this guy here, increase the size a bit, and then Control plus T to
bring on the free transform. And I'm going to do
with taste this guy, right? 15 per cent. So I can type here,
negative 55, precise. I can type in the figure here, are getting good at precise. We go so like negative 15, you click on this
to accept changes. Let's make a duplicate. Okay, so make a duplicate. Duplicates. So guys, you can mix a reduplication
as much as you want. And when you're
done, you can select all of them together, Control G to group. And I can move this. The way down as well. Just behind the shape
that we have here, the ellipse shape
that we drawn here. I'm going to put
that on behind it. With the group selected, I'm going to reduce the opacity. So we have a few of the
name at the bank on. Okay, so let's maintain. If we got like ten or even
12% is okay for this one. This is how you can
design a flyer in Photoshop with all the
techniques that we've learned, we can select this one, make it a little bit. Okay, not too much. And I can also select this one. So let me move my background
from here to here. Grew. Anytime, also, give your
design some colors. So let me label
this one as blue, okay, so I have blue here. As for my embark on
this one to the leaves, I can also put this one
group and all my intestine is also going to be in a
separate group as well. So control gene to grow. And this one is also
going to be for this test and you force, I can also label it
as well as green. Let me add it tends to me. And let me bring the rest. This is the shoe. This is the shoes who? I can also label the shoes
as yellow or orange. So let me live with issues as Jane design is going
to be four shapes. This is how organized. You can also see the rain
designing things like this, blue color for the shape. So this is how you can
design a flyer in Photoshop. Okay, so let me select
these guys here. And I'm going to
make it a bit large. I have everything
selected and I can increase the size a bit
if you'd like to do so. Okay. So this is how you can design a
simple flier in Photoshop. Okay? So the next
thing is also going to be like looking at
different fly our case. We're also going to look at how to design different flyer. Then we can conclude
on this course. Okay, so I will continue to add more of these kinds of
designs into the costume. Anytime they come back, you can see a different word
on this platform. Alright.
38. Part 38. How to present your Final Project to your Clients Appropriately : Hello guys, welcome back. In this next section, we're going to look at how to
present our design so far. So we're going to add this
logo and then you are going to present it with the business
card letterhead now, so this is the design that
we are going to present. So first of all, we all know how to do to
create a new document. By this document is going
to be a little bit longer. Okay, So let's see our sled, the e4, and then you
see here is 297. So I can increase the
size of this one may be thousand limit deaths
and Tinder resolution to 72 because we don't want
it as a high resolution. Just a very light one. Then click on Create. Alright, so with this one, I'm going to zoom in
Control Plus to zoom in. Let me zoom out one bit and
let go all the way up here. So to start with, I can select my rectangle tool, click and drag to draw
a shape to divide this. And I can give this
one a bit of color. So I think let me use this. Then I can put this
on the same data. So first of all, I'm going
to click and drag my logo. So I have two versions. I'll click and drag both
of them in Photoshop now. Then to asset changes, click on this mark
to accept changes. Let me hide one now and let me reduce the
size of this one. So maybe the green is what I'm going to use
as the main logo. Then let me then
on this one or K, and I'm also going
to put this one here so that the client
can choose from, then maybe he will prefer
to choose out of this one. So let me create three samples and I can change
the colors of this one. So teaching the column using
the Layer Style Option, click on Color and let's see. I'll choose green for this one. Then I don't know that column
windy even choose for here. Good effects, add
a color overlay, and then let's see. I'm choosing any random
color, any random color. Let's go for ESI. Read, okay, then from here, I will select my
lawsuit to a key. So I'm going to make a
very loose selection around these guys. And I will make sure I have that logo selected them for me or Control plus G to make a duplicate of the
area that I selected. So I can click and
drag this one, move this one to a
different position, and scale this one up. So let me position
this one here. Then I can move this
guy all the way down, reduce the opacity to maybe 8%. Okay? Let me make it even 15 per cent because I want to see
what is going on there. Let me make this very big. And also I can reduce the
size of this one a bit. Bring this guy a bit down. Then with the help of
my rectangle to let, let me draw some stamps. Cpa, then I don't want any
videos or K. Alright guys, so this is how I'll be
presenting my logo to the client or K. Then the next page is going to be also
something different. All right, so the next section, I'm going to also
make a duplicate of this guy here and place it here. And I can talk a little bit more about the company that
I'm working with. So let's see if I know mission or the mission
statement or something, something about or
anything about accompany, I can just bring it to you and also showcase some of the
colors that I'm using. So let's see, I'll be using black key and
select the black. Then from me, I'll move
this one all the way down or key behind every layer. Then I can bring one
of my logo here. So let's say click and
drag this one here. Reduce the size. Let's see, this one is going to be, wow, change the color
to green or white. I think the green is our key. This is going to be
about a company. And if you have any
information concerning that, you can represent that. With the help of my test tube. I'm just going to put random, this will go to my desk or even uploaded
boost desk for me. Let me reduce the size to
15 and copy some of these. I can add more. K. Then I can look in my paragraph and align some light is going
to feel most parts. Click on this asset changes or k. And positioning
these guys here. Let's say this is
what about a company? Then also the next
thing I'm going to also click and drag to
make a duplicate. The next thing is the font
that I used for the design. So what funded I used to write the names and what phone do
I intend company to use? So I have to also
bring that here. So the first thing
is going to be, so let's say I'm using
the Open Sans font. It comes with different
sizes or different styles. So let's say I'm using from the light regular semi
bold boot, strap boot. I'll pick up my desk too. Let's see, Open. Sans is the fonts
are skilled at AP. And then the example
of the lights, Let's see, is more of a, b, E c small c, d small d e, e, n goes on and
goes on and goes on. So let me say this one is Font. Then the lights, then our select line
test again and draw a random shape to
pass that test. I'm changing the color of the green and the light green to black so it can be seen well, so I will select this, okay, let me reduce this one because
I view it is Zoo much. Alright, So guy, this is open science web allow k.
So this is the regular. So let me copy and paste this down so I don't do it again and select the
first one in gene, this one today Lights. Then our gene, this
one to wear black. Then I'm going to make a
duplicate or the way down here. Then I'll click and select
all of these wanting change this one to semi bold. Then I can tie, sent me here. So select all of them. Hold down the Alt key, click and drag this
all the way to here. And we can change
this one as well. I'm changing this one to boot, and I'm also going to change
this one to extra bold. And also let me change this
one to extra bold, italic. Then from here you can
replace the original name. At the end of the day.
This is how it is going to look like and they don't
have to be too big. That's why I'm reducing
the size of k. And this is going to
be for the fonts. You see the idea. We started with the logo it, so we have different type. Does we have different colors? We have the about a company, we have the font that we used. Alright guys, so the
next thing is going to be for the colossal. Let me copy this one. And we can soak is the
color that we are using. Yes. So let me make a
duplicate as well for here. And with that, I'm
going to use this one. Click and drag. Then I think. So let me do N, Then let me tie here, click and drag so that
this one is going to be a rectangle, okay, without any cornice. Then I can open this guy. Okay, so double-click to open the color picker and we can copy the color code over here. So as always, we can copy
the color code here. So control C to copy. Then. Let me copy some of these. Let me copy the web. And we can replace the
color of this one. So Control V to paste. This is going to be
for the color code. This, so this is going to
be for the color code. This one increase
the size a bit. And let me change this one to select everything. Click and drag this down. Then I'm going to change
this one to black. Copy everything. Okay guys, to create a sheep, then you add a cuz
according to that, okay, I think the red is
f, then zeros continue. Okay, So you see how
I am doing this, you see how nice it
is becoming too. So basically you are telling
the company everything about horse you have
created for them, okay? And you see how it
is working nicely. So from here we can also
make a duplicate of this. And then we come in, pull This one. Yeah. Okay. So the next thing is
going to be maybe patterns. So if you want to create
a pattern for them, you can also do that. So let's say I want to
create a pattern for them. So what I would do
is that control plus N to create a new document. Select lessee if four, let me make it to
click on Create. Then I'll click and drag
this one over there. Okay, then bring the resolution or bring the opacity all
the way to 100 per cent. Boom, I can make this one big to cover everything
on the screen. Then for me, I can
go to Edit and our select Define
pattern over here. So select that. And I can
name this one as logo. Click on OK key. Then from here, if
I draw a shape, if I erase it, ladies, and let me select the
white background and goods FX and apply pads in all
parts of the valley. This is what we are going to
get when I open this, okay? I'm going to have assessed my pattern that I just defined. So when I select that, it is going to apply for me. If I increase the scale, I'm going to get aids. This we are key so I
can make it small, so I can have more. I can make it big. So you can create a button
for the company if you like. So anyhow acuity, you
can click on Alt key. Then from here, you can
move this one here. And let's say in this
one all the way down. This is too big. Let
me reduce the size. Bring it here. So let me open the
pattern overlay again to double-click on it, to open the path layer. Again. This one, maybe two. And boom, there we have it. We have a lot of pattern. Now. This is so crazy. Let me make a duplicate
of this, mean, this one as paths in the list can go on
and go and go and go on. So I would like I am here
by before then let me add their business card and the letterhead
that we created okay, to make this one complete. So let me make a duplicate here. And you see that our sheet is
ended all it's almost done, so we have to add more to it. Alright guys, so to add mode, all we need to do is to
come here and select our crop to crop to select that. We can open up this one by make sure you have width
and height to servicing selected so it
can feel every space and we can open up this, okay. When you are satisfied
with the results, make sure you cover all the
species that we have already. And we can also choose
right for the background. So it is going to
feel when magma, if it's a lady in a camera, this is how it's going to
look like by select white, click on our key For add more. So we see that we have been
able to add more of these. So we can continue on by
clicking and dragging. Then I'll go to my
source files and I'll select these guys. I'll select these three guys, click and drag them
into Photoshop or K. Then I'll reduce
the size of this one. Okay, so something like this. This is going to be
for the letterhead then the business card. So the business card will
come on a different page. So the font, then
the back follows. Okay, So let me zoom in a
bit to see what's going on. So actually, with this one, I will select the
layer before that, add a new one. Then with the help of
my rectangle tool, I'm going to draw
something just behind that and fill it with
a different color. So let me select some light
gray open-mind color picker, and then select sample IDs. Click on our key. Alright, then I'm going to
do the same thing here. My shape selected,
click and drag. Then boom, there we have it. We have our business
card as well. Here. We can add drop shadow
to make it more pleasing. So click here, add
a drop shadow, reduce the size, reduce
the opacity and the size. And let's see what we have. Okay? We can just right-click
and copy the Layer Style. Select the next one, please. The Layer Style do the same thing for the
letterhead as well. And we can end here
by saying, thank you. And maybe you add your details. Let's see. Let's say you add your contacts, okay, So you also add
your phone contacts. There we have it. How to
present your work to a client. Okay. So this is how I normally
present some of my work, okay, See how nice it
is from here to here. You can also add the
numbers here to here, okay? Then that is that, that is that. So this is how you can create sample IDs to present your
final way to your client. Hope you enjoyed this one. See you in the next course.
39. Part 39. How to Design Pizza Promotional Flyer: Hi there. In this next section of Adobe
Photoshop essential course, we're going to look at how
to design different Flyout. Okay, so we're going
to look at how to design a pizza flyer
in Adobe Photoshop. Okay, so rid off and I do. Let get started. Okay, so let's say we're
designing this one, A4 and maybe I'm going to print it as a card or something. Okay, so first of all, you have to create
a new document. You can go to File
and click on new, or you can just click
on this greeting. Then another print
tab we're going to select if for the king. And then we'll click on Create. A new canva is going to be
open for you as always. And then I also have arteries so far that we are going
to use over here. So please make sure you get these results file
so you can practice alone to duty here is to
download these resource files. And this is going to be for our projects to be
going to design this. And then afterwards you
share with us so you will know the level you are. So you can see whether
you are catching up with because we are
trying to portray here. Okay? So first of all,
I'll click and drag this one into Photoshop. Okay. I'm designing
everything with you. I haven't done that already. We are just going to go
through step-by-step. Then you will see
or you do on car. We are going to face some of these challenges when
it comes in theory, 3D shape, and we're
going to click and drag to fit most
part of the screen. Okay? So essentially, I'll make it available screen
just like this. K. Then I'll select
my move tool and position it just
like this as well. Going to go to fit
everything to screen. Then the next thing is that
let me select my workspace. Okay, so the next thing is
that I'm willing to let me click and drag this one so
we have missed your recipes. You can rearrange them
like I'm doing okay. Just quickly arrange
it. Just like this. The next thing is
I'm going to create something like a shadow, okay, to cover these bad
because I don't want the whole pleased
to be like this. Okay, so let's see, let's see where we are going to do throughout
creating new layer. When you click on this one, you can create a new layer. And then I'll go to here and mine tools and now
select Ingredient top. Then I'm going to select basis and I will
select this one. Okay? So the one with a transparent and now change
this one from linear to radar so that I
can make this, Okay. So I have to do the opposite of metals dry can reverse that. Let me undo control
Z and our check. So if I click and drag, I'm going to get some ladies. So one of the effects
to affect the top here. So let me come down and click and drag
and see the results. Alright? Alright, so this is okay. Let me, so let me go again. Let me try again to
get this is too much. Let's go again. Alright, I'll try
one more last time. Let's see. This is too less
so you have to try a couple times before you can get the result that
you're looking for. Okay, so let's maintain
this one for now. But I'm hoping is about
keys or I can also create a new layer and then I'll
do the same thing again. So let's see. We're getting close. Let me create another one. And let me try again. Okay, this is too much, but I can reduce the opacity, so I don't have it too much. So something like this is cheap. Then the next thing that
we're going to do here is to bring in this
cutting board. Okay? So I click and drag
this one here. Then I'm going to
reduce the size and I'll bring this
one also a bit down. Okay, then I'll click and drag mine delicious
pizza also into Photoshop. And I'll reduce the
size so it fits with the same boiler G. And those if you want
to make this realistic, we can add a drop shadow by doing ethics and
select drop shadow. We can add a bit of drop shadow, so it will make
this one realistic. Live on this to check the
before and after the TV. Okay, so I am taking opacity, Let's see states and go on to 15 distance and the size is
going to be seven. Okay? Then I'll click on. Okay. So this is what we
have now resource before. This is after. Okay? So the next thing that
we are also going to add, let's go here and then we're going to put
this one on the background. Okay, so it will make
it a bit interesting. What I'm going to scale this one up and then rotate
it just like this. Okay, so let's scale it to
fit most part of the screen. Click and drag this on the town. Okay, and leveraging the
blending mode to something like multiply or let me go to server options and see
what I'm doing is in kids. So we can use something like screen and reduce the opacity. Okay, so something like this. Then let me add a test
and see the results now. So I'll start typing test in caps continuity for
free transform. Or you can make sure you have the Show Transform Controls. And then we can use the bounding box to increase
the size of this one. And I'm going to use my Fonts, search for the character panel, a new Window tab. And then I'm going
to use ash traveled. And I'm going to also increase
the size of these ones. You have to take some time
to find some more details. So it will make
this one stand out. I think this test
is not good enough, so let me change
this one to impact. Impact is a font that
I think it comes with any Photoshop or any
version of Photoshop. So if you are using any
version of Photoshop, you can check out impacts. Tukey's writing, I'm
loving this for now. Then I'll change the color of this 12 bytes so
it can be visible. Alright, then put this one here. And if you have a logo, you can add the logo. Also. Some additional. So delicious pizza
increase the size. And also our gene,
the font's name. Linda. Linda. Increase it again, not too much. And also we can take a
font color from here. So let me turn this one on top. By reaching the color face, I want to pick a
color like this. Let's see the preview
on the color. Alright, so something
like this is cool. I'll click on this one. We can also add a test like, you love the size a bit. Alright, so I'm not feeling
the vibe of this one. So either I reduce the opacity
down or how we move it. So let me read
this opacity down. And then let's have
something like this, or let me take it off. Delicious initial
or eat fatty laugh. And then if we
have other details like maybe instant delivery, so we can add those
details as well. We'll do use the Open
Sans font for this. Alright, so I'm going
to also increase the size of the contact so it will be easier for clients to identify it and
also change the color. So you know, the principles to design is what
color I'm using, the colors and everything. So given the design, these tastes make it very
easy for clients to read. Okay, let's see, this
is what we have now. We can also change the
thickness of the fonts. Okay, so let me
change this one from regular to bold. Okay. Then also if you have
other things like let me see if I can get
different materialistic art. Alright, so from here, I'll
add is flame particles here. So click and drag this frame. Particles over here. See wow is making it so awesome. And if it is too much, you can add layer mask. Over here. You see
the layer mask added. Take your brush tool so you click on D to
activate the Patch Tool. Okay? Then you can increase
the size of the brush and also make sure you have the soft round brush selected. Okay, let me increase it a bit. Alright. And we can remove some
parts that we don't want. So maybe you don't
want that before that, make sure you have black as your foreground
because we have y t to n, we can erase. And now we can erase the
portion that we don't want, the black and the white t or k so we can erase it
is too much for you, can erase some parts. Okay? And you can reduce the opacity over here to satisfy your knee. So let me go for maybe 66%. And let's see what
are the particles and the particles for k. So
you see this awesome, awesome, awesome looks to it. And we can also add more tests. Are Casey, if you have more
tasty than can be here, okay, so let me paste
a regular font. Change the font color. And then also changes
from both two regular. So it will be easier to read. One other thing that we
can add from here is to add the amount, okay, so we can add
the amount over here. So with the help of
my ellipse tool, I can draw a circle, hold down the Shift key
to keep it in proportion. Okay. I don't want any
stroke for this one. Okay, so I can come up here, select that and you
remove the stroke. Then I'm going to make a
duplicate of this one. So you can click
on Control plus G, control G to make a duplicate. Reduce the size of that. And also, I'll select
my shape again, and it'll bring these
details at the top here, these options than I
can on a TV, the fill, and then I'm going to
increase the stroke to maybe five Bezos or even eight. Then I'm going to change the color to this
I have each year. Then also, I can
change this one from then SD line to sound like this. Dash or dots or case or any of them that you
would like to go for? It is acceptable. I feel like the size so I feel like the size
of this one is too much. Let me reduce it to five. And then let me
click outside and see our key. I'm loving this. We can add the price, say $4.99. So my character panel
change this one to boot. Then I'll increase the
size of this, okay? Therefore me, I'll make a duplicate Control J
to make a duplicate. Our changes one from
bowed to semi bold. And I'll bring this
one on top here, and I'll change this 99. So what I'm trying to do here
is to make this readable. And that's why I'm making some small and
I'm making some big. Okay. I'll bring this one
just like here. And also make another duplicate. Activate your tests
to shut can see. Then I can Let's see Dallas and outside and make
this one small clip on asset changes when
you are key results. And let's say we can make a
copy of this one as well. Let's see, 80% of reduce
the size to fit in. Then from here, I can change
the fill color over here. So let me change the cards, this type of color we have here. Okay? So we can also see price control room to fit
everything to scream. And this is where
we have, again, these are some of
the things that you can do when designing flies. Okay? So I think that is it
for this video, please. The next assignment is for you to use this
beggar over here. And the other details like this that we didn't
use any included in your project or k and do
your own flyer according to. So you will see
what you are up to. So let me add these
particles as well. Okay, I think I can even
leave this one here. This means before. And after adding these two, it is also going to
make it pop, okay? I'm loving it. Okay? Alright, So it is if it is less than okay, so let's look at a
different lesson. We're going to look
at how to design a product like and
drag, pull that. Okay, Remember to see your
wedge and share with us. So you can festival for
save it as a PSD file, so you can always come back
and make changes to it. And then secondly, we can
save it as a J peg of v. So we can go to
File Save As okay, so File Save a Copy. And then we can change
this one from here, too cheap pay and click on. Alright, so that's
it for this video. In the next lesson, I'm going
to look at how to design products in Adobe
Photoshop or in a box. And then you are
going to mock it up and see the final results.
40. Part 40. How to Design a Product Label and Placing it in a Mock-up: Hi there. In this next section of Adobe Photoshop
essentials course, you are going to look at how
to design product design, just like this in Photoshop. Okay, So we have
something like this. How are you going to go about? It is very simple. Let me take you to how you
can do something like this. So the first thing
that you need to do to get this your sketch, okay, so I have my sketch here. So you can take any package or any bugs that you
can find around. You open it up and you
will see how it is and you can trace
it with pencil, then take a picture
of it or scan it, send it into your machine, and then you are going
to get something like this at the end of the day. So the first thing that
you need to do is to click and drag this
one into Photoshop. So the areas that is drawn, these places are the areas
that we are going to design. This place like this. Let me show you. This place is going
to be hidden. This place is also
going to be hidden. And this is also going
to be hidden as well. This is going to be hitting, this place is going
to be hidden. This place will show
here will be hidden. Here. We hit the Enter key. So we need to put designs
are these areas here, here, here, here,
here, and here. What we can do. So let me delete these guys. Let me, which is in a group
and hide it so you know, you will recognize where we
are going to put our designs. We are going to have
our design over here. So to start, I have that I
want to use for the logo. So I'll click and
drag this one here. Then I'm going to do
size of this one. So I'm going to start
the design from here. Then I don't want this little
thing over here is I can select the rectangular
marquee tool, and then I can hold down Alt key or Option key on my keyboard
and add this layer mask. So it is going to create
an inverse selection. I'm going to get this, okay? So I can move this guy here. And also maybe I
can draw something like class in the middle. Okay? And let me sample
a color for this. So let me just click to sample a color that I don't
want this true, as well as our life to
make another duplicate. So Control J to
make a duplicate. Then I can go to Edit and
select Transform path, okay, the icon select
with d degrees. Then select both of them on
two plus E to merge them. Any composition and
scale it as you like, okay, it is going
to be for the logo. Then we can also add the name of the brand
that we are creating for. K can be any name that
you would like to use. You can use, okay. So let's use a product
name like good five. So let me change the
color of this one. Sounds like this over here. Okay. And if you have a different name as
well, you can use it. This one is liters or I can do, or I'd like to do is
to create a new layer, go to File New, and then I'm going
to create a layer. So this A4 size, let me change this
one to be square. Click on Create. Then I turn on the background
and select everything. Click and move this
one just here. And I'm going to
scale this up, okay? So I'm going to get a better
preview of what I'm doing. And after the size or the solution is now
going to be too small. So if you compare
this one, okay, The first time I see this one is very visible than the first one. Okay. Then for me, alright, teaching the color
of this one and P, because it's not visible
enough for me to see. More greens are pane. You can also copy the color. So if you'd like to use it, then with the help of
Mine tastes too again. You can ask something
like this and also color. So I just copy the
color code from the first one and I'm
adding it to this as well. To fit everything into screen. Then I have this image here
that I would like to use. So I'll just click and
drag this one here. We'll use a size all
the way down our lives. You lock this so I can
select the selected taking. Let me move this one on top. Select everything. And I'm going to move this
one on top just like this. And also I can draw a shape provided top and then maybe feel it
you take gradients. So ethics, gradient overlay. Normally footage of all
apply the last video and I used a gradient tab. I think I have this gradient
that's our lives to use. And then I'll set
this one to zero. By the way, if you would like
to copy the ingredients. Here, I d this is why the first stop is the color
code for the first dog. And this is also going to be the second color cool
for the second one. Then you can click
on new to save the gradient so you
can use it later. You can change the style
for linear to read out, or you can even set
it to reflect it. You can also click on it. Then either we want for you to use linear and click on, Okay. Then I can also add
some fill light and then increase the size control or to fit everything into. Okay. So you see you can also
change the color to white. So if you compare why thin
black line is missing, why take out, go for it. Then this one will come here. And I think I have something here that I would like to use. Our right to click and drag
this one into Photoshop. And I'm going to place
these guys here. This will reduce the size on to, let me reduce the
size. Just like this. I can make a duplicate. Control T for free
transform and right-click, we can flip vertical,
flip horizontal. So we will get
something like this, and I can bring this one here. You can use your arrow
keys on your keyboard. Yes, please. It very well. So for me, if you have any other details that
we would like to add, you can do so by adding them. Okay. One thing I notice is that the name
of this is not too big, so let me increase the size of the orange EA is not
pumping as I wanted. So let me go pin this and
let me try to make it pop. I think this is our K before. This was before. This is after. I think
this one is okay. And if you have
any test as well, you can add them. You can test value line. Let me reduce the size
of this one to me. Okay? So one thing that
I have realized is that the intervals between
them is two minus. Let me bring it all the
way to also move this one, we absolutely can hold down your Shift P plus the country
is open to plus shift, and then you click on
your right bracket key. Or if I just click
it from where it was and move it all the way up. Dot k. So I then see this one
is not trying to show, so I'll add a layer
mask to this one. And I'm going to paint
some of these ones because I feel it is giving too much control or to fit
everything into screen. Then the next thing is going
to be making a duplicate of DC area to a different
portion as well. So let's say this is
going to be here. The other area is
going to be for maybe the deal, So
their products. So let me click and
drag this one here. So click and drag
this one over here. I think this normally
goes and about some other details so you can take your tests
to either the direction, everything is also going
to turn here as well. Alright, so if you have an idea, you can add them just like this. Okay, let me make a
duplicate of this one here. It could be different,
it could redefine. It depends on the
client that you are planning to
design these things. Also, add NVD are going to
get something like this. Torque is also going
to have detail. So let me try to make a copy. Paste this one here. Control G to group. Then I'm going to make
a duplicate of one to J to duplicate the group. And your control or command key, click and drag this one. Yet, we have to repeat one because I didn't need
the one is going to ten upside down control to fit
everything into screen. So this is how you can
design product level. Okay? So when we put this
one in this mock-up, this is how it's going to be. So I'll also leave this mock-up for you to also try hands-on and
get your own design, gets you own product
and design something. Share with us, let us
see what you have done. So it is going to be
for that anymore. Can we are going to see videos
like this is the box top. So it is going to
be for the top is going to be finished
side as well. And this is also going
to be four here. I think. So for the bottle. But so let's finish
up with this. I'll double-click
here to the top. Then I'll come to our
design over here. Click and drag everything here. Now your control key
and move this one. Yeah, disable the color and then increase the size for here. So from here you can
click on this one and click on Save
or click on Yes. Then let's go and
check what we have. We see, we are
getting the effects. Let's look in the second one. That is a sideways
click on load out, then all of these, and then I'm going to click
and drag this one over there. These are the same and
scale it to fit some space. Then let's close this one. Click on C. Let's go
and check it out. We have also here. So I'll come to that
second section as well. Disable this one, and let's click and drag this
as well, ready? So put it at the same time. You can group it by
clicking on control kras gene and then also fill up. I'm trying to feel okay, I think they stopped k.
Let's close this one. As always. Let's go and check this one out. Okay, Um, now feeling the vibe
is starting to stand out. Then let's do the same
thing for the bottle. Okay. It is going to be four. Yes. I think I'll make a
copy of this one as well. And when this one here
Control G to group, let me turn off
this for the first one of k. So with this one, we are going to get
a bit of changes. So let me increase
this one here. This one here, this one here, then select the,
select this one. Then I can increase
the size of this. So let's say this is the only thing that is
going to come here. So the other digits is also
going to be the other side. So let's close this one
and see the results. Okay. So let me go
and check it out. Wow, wow, wow. This is how you can
design a product level, also in Photoshop, okay,
It's pretty simple. Just have to follow
the steps that we used in designing a key. Then at the end of the
day, you can present it as we did earlier in
the presentation. Cause okay, so you can also
present this one nicely, bashing it to your client. So you can go to
File, Save a copy. And you can see we didn't
send to the pressing for a review or a final
C on the design, does it for this video. I hope you enjoyed it
and see what we've done. So it is what we have
been able to do and does it for this video or pay.